##// END OF EJS Templates
extension: add a `required` suboption to enforce the use of an extensions...
marmoute -
r49184:0d0ce252 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2731 +1,2737 b''
1 1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import functools
11 11 import re
12 12
13 13 from . import (
14 14 encoding,
15 15 error,
16 16 )
17 17
18 18
19 19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 24 newkeys = set(items)
25 25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29 29
30 30 knownitems.update(items)
31 31
32 32
33 33 class configitem(object):
34 34 """represent a known config item
35 35
36 36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 38 :default: default value for this item,
39 39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 41 """
42 42
43 43 def __init__(
44 44 self,
45 45 section,
46 46 name,
47 47 default=None,
48 48 alias=(),
49 49 generic=False,
50 50 priority=0,
51 51 experimental=False,
52 52 ):
53 53 self.section = section
54 54 self.name = name
55 55 self.default = default
56 56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 57 self.generic = generic
58 58 self.priority = priority
59 59 self.experimental = experimental
60 60 self._re = None
61 61 if generic:
62 62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63 63
64 64
65 65 class itemregister(dict):
66 66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67 67
68 68 def __init__(self):
69 69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 70 self._generics = set()
71 71
72 72 def update(self, other):
73 73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75 75
76 76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 78 if item.generic:
79 79 self._generics.add(item)
80 80
81 81 def get(self, key):
82 82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 84 return baseitem
85 85
86 86 # search for a matching generic item
87 87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 88 for item in generics:
89 89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 93 #
94 94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 100 if item._re.match(key):
101 101 return item
102 102
103 103 return None
104 104
105 105
106 106 coreitems = {}
107 107
108 108
109 109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 112 if item.name in section:
113 113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 115 section[item.name] = item
116 116
117 117
118 118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 119 dynamicdefault = object()
120 120
121 121 # Registering actual config items
122 122
123 123
124 124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 128 return f
129 129
130 130
131 131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132 132
133 133
134 134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 135 coreconfigitem(
136 136 section,
137 137 configprefix + b'nodates',
138 138 default=False,
139 139 )
140 140 coreconfigitem(
141 141 section,
142 142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
143 143 default=False,
144 144 )
145 145 coreconfigitem(
146 146 section,
147 147 configprefix + b'unified',
148 148 default=None,
149 149 )
150 150 coreconfigitem(
151 151 section,
152 152 configprefix + b'git',
153 153 default=False,
154 154 )
155 155 coreconfigitem(
156 156 section,
157 157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
158 158 default=False,
159 159 )
160 160 coreconfigitem(
161 161 section,
162 162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
163 163 default=False,
164 164 )
165 165 coreconfigitem(
166 166 section,
167 167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
168 168 default=False,
169 169 )
170 170 coreconfigitem(
171 171 section,
172 172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
173 173 default=False,
174 174 )
175 175 coreconfigitem(
176 176 section,
177 177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
178 178 default=False,
179 179 )
180 180 coreconfigitem(
181 181 section,
182 182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
183 183 default=False,
184 184 )
185 185 coreconfigitem(
186 186 section,
187 187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
188 188 default=False,
189 189 )
190 190
191 191
192 192 coreconfigitem(
193 193 b'alias',
194 194 b'.*',
195 195 default=dynamicdefault,
196 196 generic=True,
197 197 )
198 198 coreconfigitem(
199 199 b'auth',
200 200 b'cookiefile',
201 201 default=None,
202 202 )
203 203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
204 204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
205 205 coreconfigitem(
206 206 b'bookmarks',
207 207 b'pushing',
208 208 default=list,
209 209 )
210 210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
211 211 coreconfigitem(
212 212 b'bundle',
213 213 b'mainreporoot',
214 214 default=b'',
215 215 )
216 216 coreconfigitem(
217 217 b'censor',
218 218 b'policy',
219 219 default=b'abort',
220 220 experimental=True,
221 221 )
222 222 coreconfigitem(
223 223 b'chgserver',
224 224 b'idletimeout',
225 225 default=3600,
226 226 )
227 227 coreconfigitem(
228 228 b'chgserver',
229 229 b'skiphash',
230 230 default=False,
231 231 )
232 232 coreconfigitem(
233 233 b'cmdserver',
234 234 b'log',
235 235 default=None,
236 236 )
237 237 coreconfigitem(
238 238 b'cmdserver',
239 239 b'max-log-files',
240 240 default=7,
241 241 )
242 242 coreconfigitem(
243 243 b'cmdserver',
244 244 b'max-log-size',
245 245 default=b'1 MB',
246 246 )
247 247 coreconfigitem(
248 248 b'cmdserver',
249 249 b'max-repo-cache',
250 250 default=0,
251 251 experimental=True,
252 252 )
253 253 coreconfigitem(
254 254 b'cmdserver',
255 255 b'message-encodings',
256 256 default=list,
257 257 )
258 258 coreconfigitem(
259 259 b'cmdserver',
260 260 b'track-log',
261 261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
262 262 )
263 263 coreconfigitem(
264 264 b'cmdserver',
265 265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
266 266 default=True,
267 267 )
268 268 coreconfigitem(
269 269 b'color',
270 270 b'.*',
271 271 default=None,
272 272 generic=True,
273 273 )
274 274 coreconfigitem(
275 275 b'color',
276 276 b'mode',
277 277 default=b'auto',
278 278 )
279 279 coreconfigitem(
280 280 b'color',
281 281 b'pagermode',
282 282 default=dynamicdefault,
283 283 )
284 284 coreconfigitem(
285 285 b'command-templates',
286 286 b'graphnode',
287 287 default=None,
288 288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
289 289 )
290 290 coreconfigitem(
291 291 b'command-templates',
292 292 b'log',
293 293 default=None,
294 294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
295 295 )
296 296 coreconfigitem(
297 297 b'command-templates',
298 298 b'mergemarker',
299 299 default=(
300 300 b'{node|short} '
301 301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
302 302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
303 303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
304 304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
305 305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
306 306 ),
307 307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
308 308 )
309 309 coreconfigitem(
310 310 b'command-templates',
311 311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
312 312 default=None,
313 313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
314 314 )
315 315 coreconfigitem(
316 316 b'command-templates',
317 317 b'oneline-summary',
318 318 default=None,
319 319 )
320 320 coreconfigitem(
321 321 b'command-templates',
322 322 b'oneline-summary.*',
323 323 default=dynamicdefault,
324 324 generic=True,
325 325 )
326 326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
327 327 coreconfigitem(
328 328 b'commands',
329 329 b'commit.post-status',
330 330 default=False,
331 331 )
332 332 coreconfigitem(
333 333 b'commands',
334 334 b'grep.all-files',
335 335 default=False,
336 336 experimental=True,
337 337 )
338 338 coreconfigitem(
339 339 b'commands',
340 340 b'merge.require-rev',
341 341 default=False,
342 342 )
343 343 coreconfigitem(
344 344 b'commands',
345 345 b'push.require-revs',
346 346 default=False,
347 347 )
348 348 coreconfigitem(
349 349 b'commands',
350 350 b'resolve.confirm',
351 351 default=False,
352 352 )
353 353 coreconfigitem(
354 354 b'commands',
355 355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
356 356 default=False,
357 357 )
358 358 coreconfigitem(
359 359 b'commands',
360 360 b'resolve.mark-check',
361 361 default=b'none',
362 362 )
363 363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
364 364 coreconfigitem(
365 365 b'commands',
366 366 b'show.aliasprefix',
367 367 default=list,
368 368 )
369 369 coreconfigitem(
370 370 b'commands',
371 371 b'status.relative',
372 372 default=False,
373 373 )
374 374 coreconfigitem(
375 375 b'commands',
376 376 b'status.skipstates',
377 377 default=[],
378 378 experimental=True,
379 379 )
380 380 coreconfigitem(
381 381 b'commands',
382 382 b'status.terse',
383 383 default=b'',
384 384 )
385 385 coreconfigitem(
386 386 b'commands',
387 387 b'status.verbose',
388 388 default=False,
389 389 )
390 390 coreconfigitem(
391 391 b'commands',
392 392 b'update.check',
393 393 default=None,
394 394 )
395 395 coreconfigitem(
396 396 b'commands',
397 397 b'update.requiredest',
398 398 default=False,
399 399 )
400 400 coreconfigitem(
401 401 b'committemplate',
402 402 b'.*',
403 403 default=None,
404 404 generic=True,
405 405 )
406 406 coreconfigitem(
407 407 b'convert',
408 408 b'bzr.saverev',
409 409 default=True,
410 410 )
411 411 coreconfigitem(
412 412 b'convert',
413 413 b'cvsps.cache',
414 414 default=True,
415 415 )
416 416 coreconfigitem(
417 417 b'convert',
418 418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
419 419 default=60,
420 420 )
421 421 coreconfigitem(
422 422 b'convert',
423 423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
424 424 default=None,
425 425 )
426 426 coreconfigitem(
427 427 b'convert',
428 428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
429 429 default=None,
430 430 )
431 431 coreconfigitem(
432 432 b'convert',
433 433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
434 434 default=None,
435 435 )
436 436 coreconfigitem(
437 437 b'convert',
438 438 b'git.committeractions',
439 439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
440 440 )
441 441 coreconfigitem(
442 442 b'convert',
443 443 b'git.extrakeys',
444 444 default=list,
445 445 )
446 446 coreconfigitem(
447 447 b'convert',
448 448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
449 449 default=False,
450 450 )
451 451 coreconfigitem(
452 452 b'convert',
453 453 b'git.remoteprefix',
454 454 default=b'remote',
455 455 )
456 456 coreconfigitem(
457 457 b'convert',
458 458 b'git.renamelimit',
459 459 default=400,
460 460 )
461 461 coreconfigitem(
462 462 b'convert',
463 463 b'git.saverev',
464 464 default=True,
465 465 )
466 466 coreconfigitem(
467 467 b'convert',
468 468 b'git.similarity',
469 469 default=50,
470 470 )
471 471 coreconfigitem(
472 472 b'convert',
473 473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
474 474 default=False,
475 475 )
476 476 coreconfigitem(
477 477 b'convert',
478 478 b'hg.clonebranches',
479 479 default=False,
480 480 )
481 481 coreconfigitem(
482 482 b'convert',
483 483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
484 484 default=False,
485 485 )
486 486 coreconfigitem(
487 487 b'convert',
488 488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
489 489 default=False,
490 490 )
491 491 coreconfigitem(
492 492 b'convert',
493 493 b'hg.revs',
494 494 default=None,
495 495 )
496 496 coreconfigitem(
497 497 b'convert',
498 498 b'hg.saverev',
499 499 default=False,
500 500 )
501 501 coreconfigitem(
502 502 b'convert',
503 503 b'hg.sourcename',
504 504 default=None,
505 505 )
506 506 coreconfigitem(
507 507 b'convert',
508 508 b'hg.startrev',
509 509 default=None,
510 510 )
511 511 coreconfigitem(
512 512 b'convert',
513 513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
514 514 default=b'default',
515 515 )
516 516 coreconfigitem(
517 517 b'convert',
518 518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
519 519 default=True,
520 520 )
521 521 coreconfigitem(
522 522 b'convert',
523 523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
524 524 default=False,
525 525 experimental=True,
526 526 )
527 527 coreconfigitem(
528 528 b'convert',
529 529 b'localtimezone',
530 530 default=False,
531 531 )
532 532 coreconfigitem(
533 533 b'convert',
534 534 b'p4.encoding',
535 535 default=dynamicdefault,
536 536 )
537 537 coreconfigitem(
538 538 b'convert',
539 539 b'p4.startrev',
540 540 default=0,
541 541 )
542 542 coreconfigitem(
543 543 b'convert',
544 544 b'skiptags',
545 545 default=False,
546 546 )
547 547 coreconfigitem(
548 548 b'convert',
549 549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
550 550 default=True,
551 551 )
552 552 coreconfigitem(
553 553 b'convert',
554 554 b'svn.trunk',
555 555 default=None,
556 556 )
557 557 coreconfigitem(
558 558 b'convert',
559 559 b'svn.tags',
560 560 default=None,
561 561 )
562 562 coreconfigitem(
563 563 b'convert',
564 564 b'svn.branches',
565 565 default=None,
566 566 )
567 567 coreconfigitem(
568 568 b'convert',
569 569 b'svn.startrev',
570 570 default=0,
571 571 )
572 572 coreconfigitem(
573 573 b'convert',
574 574 b'svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates',
575 575 default=False,
576 576 )
577 577 coreconfigitem(
578 578 b'debug',
579 579 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
580 580 default=0,
581 581 )
582 582 coreconfigitem(
583 583 b'debug',
584 584 b'revlog.verifyposition.changelog',
585 585 default=b'',
586 586 )
587 587 coreconfigitem(
588 588 b'defaults',
589 589 b'.*',
590 590 default=None,
591 591 generic=True,
592 592 )
593 593 coreconfigitem(
594 594 b'devel',
595 595 b'all-warnings',
596 596 default=False,
597 597 )
598 598 coreconfigitem(
599 599 b'devel',
600 600 b'bundle2.debug',
601 601 default=False,
602 602 )
603 603 coreconfigitem(
604 604 b'devel',
605 605 b'bundle.delta',
606 606 default=b'',
607 607 )
608 608 coreconfigitem(
609 609 b'devel',
610 610 b'cache-vfs',
611 611 default=None,
612 612 )
613 613 coreconfigitem(
614 614 b'devel',
615 615 b'check-locks',
616 616 default=False,
617 617 )
618 618 coreconfigitem(
619 619 b'devel',
620 620 b'check-relroot',
621 621 default=False,
622 622 )
623 623 # Track copy information for all file, not just "added" one (very slow)
624 624 coreconfigitem(
625 625 b'devel',
626 626 b'copy-tracing.trace-all-files',
627 627 default=False,
628 628 )
629 629 coreconfigitem(
630 630 b'devel',
631 631 b'default-date',
632 632 default=None,
633 633 )
634 634 coreconfigitem(
635 635 b'devel',
636 636 b'deprec-warn',
637 637 default=False,
638 638 )
639 639 coreconfigitem(
640 640 b'devel',
641 641 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
642 642 default=False,
643 643 )
644 644 coreconfigitem(
645 645 b'devel',
646 646 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
647 647 default=False,
648 648 )
649 649 coreconfigitem(
650 650 b'devel',
651 651 b'legacy.exchange',
652 652 default=list,
653 653 )
654 654 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
655 655 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
656 656 coreconfigitem(
657 657 b'devel',
658 658 b'persistent-nodemap',
659 659 default=False,
660 660 )
661 661 coreconfigitem(
662 662 b'devel',
663 663 b'servercafile',
664 664 default=b'',
665 665 )
666 666 coreconfigitem(
667 667 b'devel',
668 668 b'serverexactprotocol',
669 669 default=b'',
670 670 )
671 671 coreconfigitem(
672 672 b'devel',
673 673 b'serverrequirecert',
674 674 default=False,
675 675 )
676 676 coreconfigitem(
677 677 b'devel',
678 678 b'strip-obsmarkers',
679 679 default=True,
680 680 )
681 681 coreconfigitem(
682 682 b'devel',
683 683 b'warn-config',
684 684 default=None,
685 685 )
686 686 coreconfigitem(
687 687 b'devel',
688 688 b'warn-config-default',
689 689 default=None,
690 690 )
691 691 coreconfigitem(
692 692 b'devel',
693 693 b'user.obsmarker',
694 694 default=None,
695 695 )
696 696 coreconfigitem(
697 697 b'devel',
698 698 b'warn-config-unknown',
699 699 default=None,
700 700 )
701 701 coreconfigitem(
702 702 b'devel',
703 703 b'debug.copies',
704 704 default=False,
705 705 )
706 706 coreconfigitem(
707 707 b'devel',
708 708 b'copy-tracing.multi-thread',
709 709 default=True,
710 710 )
711 711 coreconfigitem(
712 712 b'devel',
713 713 b'debug.extensions',
714 714 default=False,
715 715 )
716 716 coreconfigitem(
717 717 b'devel',
718 718 b'debug.repo-filters',
719 719 default=False,
720 720 )
721 721 coreconfigitem(
722 722 b'devel',
723 723 b'debug.peer-request',
724 724 default=False,
725 725 )
726 726 # If discovery.exchange-heads is False, the discovery will not start with
727 727 # remote head fetching and local head querying.
728 728 coreconfigitem(
729 729 b'devel',
730 730 b'discovery.exchange-heads',
731 731 default=True,
732 732 )
733 733 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
734 734 # not be increased through the process
735 735 coreconfigitem(
736 736 b'devel',
737 737 b'discovery.grow-sample',
738 738 default=True,
739 739 )
740 740 # When discovery.grow-sample.dynamic is True, the default, the sample size is
741 741 # adapted to the shape of the undecided set (it is set to the max of:
742 742 # <target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided)
743 743 coreconfigitem(
744 744 b'devel',
745 745 b'discovery.grow-sample.dynamic',
746 746 default=True,
747 747 )
748 748 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
749 749 coreconfigitem(
750 750 b'devel',
751 751 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
752 752 default=1.05,
753 753 )
754 754 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
755 755 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
756 756 coreconfigitem(
757 757 b'devel',
758 758 b'discovery.randomize',
759 759 default=True,
760 760 )
761 761 # Control the initial size of the discovery sample
762 762 coreconfigitem(
763 763 b'devel',
764 764 b'discovery.sample-size',
765 765 default=200,
766 766 )
767 767 # Control the initial size of the discovery for initial change
768 768 coreconfigitem(
769 769 b'devel',
770 770 b'discovery.sample-size.initial',
771 771 default=100,
772 772 )
773 773 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
774 774 coreconfigitem(
775 775 b'diff',
776 776 b'merge',
777 777 default=False,
778 778 experimental=True,
779 779 )
780 780 coreconfigitem(
781 781 b'email',
782 782 b'bcc',
783 783 default=None,
784 784 )
785 785 coreconfigitem(
786 786 b'email',
787 787 b'cc',
788 788 default=None,
789 789 )
790 790 coreconfigitem(
791 791 b'email',
792 792 b'charsets',
793 793 default=list,
794 794 )
795 795 coreconfigitem(
796 796 b'email',
797 797 b'from',
798 798 default=None,
799 799 )
800 800 coreconfigitem(
801 801 b'email',
802 802 b'method',
803 803 default=b'smtp',
804 804 )
805 805 coreconfigitem(
806 806 b'email',
807 807 b'reply-to',
808 808 default=None,
809 809 )
810 810 coreconfigitem(
811 811 b'email',
812 812 b'to',
813 813 default=None,
814 814 )
815 815 coreconfigitem(
816 816 b'experimental',
817 817 b'archivemetatemplate',
818 818 default=dynamicdefault,
819 819 )
820 820 coreconfigitem(
821 821 b'experimental',
822 822 b'auto-publish',
823 823 default=b'publish',
824 824 )
825 825 coreconfigitem(
826 826 b'experimental',
827 827 b'bundle-phases',
828 828 default=False,
829 829 )
830 830 coreconfigitem(
831 831 b'experimental',
832 832 b'bundle2-advertise',
833 833 default=True,
834 834 )
835 835 coreconfigitem(
836 836 b'experimental',
837 837 b'bundle2-output-capture',
838 838 default=False,
839 839 )
840 840 coreconfigitem(
841 841 b'experimental',
842 842 b'bundle2.pushback',
843 843 default=False,
844 844 )
845 845 coreconfigitem(
846 846 b'experimental',
847 847 b'bundle2lazylocking',
848 848 default=False,
849 849 )
850 850 coreconfigitem(
851 851 b'experimental',
852 852 b'bundlecomplevel',
853 853 default=None,
854 854 )
855 855 coreconfigitem(
856 856 b'experimental',
857 857 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
858 858 default=None,
859 859 )
860 860 coreconfigitem(
861 861 b'experimental',
862 862 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
863 863 default=None,
864 864 )
865 865 coreconfigitem(
866 866 b'experimental',
867 867 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
868 868 default=None,
869 869 )
870 870 coreconfigitem(
871 871 b'experimental',
872 872 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
873 873 default=None,
874 874 )
875 875 coreconfigitem(
876 876 b'experimental',
877 877 b'bundlecompthreads',
878 878 default=None,
879 879 )
880 880 coreconfigitem(
881 881 b'experimental',
882 882 b'bundlecompthreads.bzip2',
883 883 default=None,
884 884 )
885 885 coreconfigitem(
886 886 b'experimental',
887 887 b'bundlecompthreads.gzip',
888 888 default=None,
889 889 )
890 890 coreconfigitem(
891 891 b'experimental',
892 892 b'bundlecompthreads.none',
893 893 default=None,
894 894 )
895 895 coreconfigitem(
896 896 b'experimental',
897 897 b'bundlecompthreads.zstd',
898 898 default=None,
899 899 )
900 900 coreconfigitem(
901 901 b'experimental',
902 902 b'changegroup3',
903 903 default=False,
904 904 )
905 905 coreconfigitem(
906 906 b'experimental',
907 907 b'changegroup4',
908 908 default=False,
909 909 )
910 910 coreconfigitem(
911 911 b'experimental',
912 912 b'cleanup-as-archived',
913 913 default=False,
914 914 )
915 915 coreconfigitem(
916 916 b'experimental',
917 917 b'clientcompressionengines',
918 918 default=list,
919 919 )
920 920 coreconfigitem(
921 921 b'experimental',
922 922 b'copytrace',
923 923 default=b'on',
924 924 )
925 925 coreconfigitem(
926 926 b'experimental',
927 927 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
928 928 default=100,
929 929 )
930 930 coreconfigitem(
931 931 b'experimental',
932 932 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
933 933 default=100,
934 934 )
935 935 coreconfigitem(
936 936 b'experimental',
937 937 b'copies.read-from',
938 938 default=b"filelog-only",
939 939 )
940 940 coreconfigitem(
941 941 b'experimental',
942 942 b'copies.write-to',
943 943 default=b'filelog-only',
944 944 )
945 945 coreconfigitem(
946 946 b'experimental',
947 947 b'crecordtest',
948 948 default=None,
949 949 )
950 950 coreconfigitem(
951 951 b'experimental',
952 952 b'directaccess',
953 953 default=False,
954 954 )
955 955 coreconfigitem(
956 956 b'experimental',
957 957 b'directaccess.revnums',
958 958 default=False,
959 959 )
960 960 coreconfigitem(
961 961 b'experimental',
962 962 b'editortmpinhg',
963 963 default=False,
964 964 )
965 965 coreconfigitem(
966 966 b'experimental',
967 967 b'evolution',
968 968 default=list,
969 969 )
970 970 coreconfigitem(
971 971 b'experimental',
972 972 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
973 973 default=False,
974 974 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
975 975 )
976 976 coreconfigitem(
977 977 b'experimental',
978 978 b'evolution.allowunstable',
979 979 default=None,
980 980 )
981 981 coreconfigitem(
982 982 b'experimental',
983 983 b'evolution.createmarkers',
984 984 default=None,
985 985 )
986 986 coreconfigitem(
987 987 b'experimental',
988 988 b'evolution.effect-flags',
989 989 default=True,
990 990 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
991 991 )
992 992 coreconfigitem(
993 993 b'experimental',
994 994 b'evolution.exchange',
995 995 default=None,
996 996 )
997 997 coreconfigitem(
998 998 b'experimental',
999 999 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
1000 1000 default=False,
1001 1001 )
1002 1002 coreconfigitem(
1003 1003 b'experimental',
1004 1004 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
1005 1005 default=True,
1006 1006 )
1007 1007 coreconfigitem(
1008 1008 b'experimental',
1009 1009 b'log.topo',
1010 1010 default=False,
1011 1011 )
1012 1012 coreconfigitem(
1013 1013 b'experimental',
1014 1014 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
1015 1015 default=True,
1016 1016 )
1017 1017 coreconfigitem(
1018 1018 b'experimental',
1019 1019 b'evolution.track-operation',
1020 1020 default=True,
1021 1021 )
1022 1022 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
1023 1023 #
1024 1024 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
1025 1025 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
1026 1026 coreconfigitem(
1027 1027 b'experimental',
1028 1028 b'extra-filter-revs',
1029 1029 default=None,
1030 1030 )
1031 1031 coreconfigitem(
1032 1032 b'experimental',
1033 1033 b'maxdeltachainspan',
1034 1034 default=-1,
1035 1035 )
1036 1036 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
1037 1037 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
1038 1038 coreconfigitem(
1039 1039 b'experimental',
1040 1040 b'merge-track-salvaged',
1041 1041 default=False,
1042 1042 )
1043 1043 coreconfigitem(
1044 1044 b'experimental',
1045 1045 b'mergetempdirprefix',
1046 1046 default=None,
1047 1047 )
1048 1048 coreconfigitem(
1049 1049 b'experimental',
1050 1050 b'mmapindexthreshold',
1051 1051 default=None,
1052 1052 )
1053 1053 coreconfigitem(
1054 1054 b'experimental',
1055 1055 b'narrow',
1056 1056 default=False,
1057 1057 )
1058 1058 coreconfigitem(
1059 1059 b'experimental',
1060 1060 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
1061 1061 default=False,
1062 1062 )
1063 1063 coreconfigitem(
1064 1064 b'experimental',
1065 1065 b'exportableenviron',
1066 1066 default=list,
1067 1067 )
1068 1068 coreconfigitem(
1069 1069 b'experimental',
1070 1070 b'extendedheader.index',
1071 1071 default=None,
1072 1072 )
1073 1073 coreconfigitem(
1074 1074 b'experimental',
1075 1075 b'extendedheader.similarity',
1076 1076 default=False,
1077 1077 )
1078 1078 coreconfigitem(
1079 1079 b'experimental',
1080 1080 b'graphshorten',
1081 1081 default=False,
1082 1082 )
1083 1083 coreconfigitem(
1084 1084 b'experimental',
1085 1085 b'graphstyle.parent',
1086 1086 default=dynamicdefault,
1087 1087 )
1088 1088 coreconfigitem(
1089 1089 b'experimental',
1090 1090 b'graphstyle.missing',
1091 1091 default=dynamicdefault,
1092 1092 )
1093 1093 coreconfigitem(
1094 1094 b'experimental',
1095 1095 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1096 1096 default=dynamicdefault,
1097 1097 )
1098 1098 coreconfigitem(
1099 1099 b'experimental',
1100 1100 b'hook-track-tags',
1101 1101 default=False,
1102 1102 )
1103 1103 coreconfigitem(
1104 1104 b'experimental',
1105 1105 b'httppeer.advertise-v2',
1106 1106 default=False,
1107 1107 )
1108 1108 coreconfigitem(
1109 1109 b'experimental',
1110 1110 b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order',
1111 1111 default=None,
1112 1112 )
1113 1113 coreconfigitem(
1114 1114 b'experimental',
1115 1115 b'httppostargs',
1116 1116 default=False,
1117 1117 )
1118 1118 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1119 1119 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1120 1120
1121 1121 coreconfigitem(
1122 1122 b'experimental',
1123 1123 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1124 1124 default=False,
1125 1125 )
1126 1126 coreconfigitem(
1127 1127 b'experimental',
1128 1128 b'remotenames',
1129 1129 default=False,
1130 1130 )
1131 1131 coreconfigitem(
1132 1132 b'experimental',
1133 1133 b'removeemptydirs',
1134 1134 default=True,
1135 1135 )
1136 1136 coreconfigitem(
1137 1137 b'experimental',
1138 1138 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1139 1139 default=False,
1140 1140 )
1141 1141 coreconfigitem(
1142 1142 b'experimental',
1143 1143 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1144 1144 default=False,
1145 1145 )
1146 1146 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1147 1147 #
1148 1148 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1149 1149 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1150 1150 # - for censoring operation
1151 1151 # - for stripping operation
1152 1152 # - for rollback operation
1153 1153 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1154 1154 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1155 1155 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1156 1156 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1157 1157 # rewriting sidedata.
1158 1158 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1159 1159 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1160 1160 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1161 1161 # * Improvement to consider
1162 1162 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1163 1163 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1164 1164 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1165 1165 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1166 1166 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1167 1167 coreconfigitem(
1168 1168 b'experimental',
1169 1169 b'revlogv2',
1170 1170 default=None,
1171 1171 )
1172 1172 coreconfigitem(
1173 1173 b'experimental',
1174 1174 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1175 1175 default=None,
1176 1176 )
1177 1177 coreconfigitem(
1178 1178 b'experimental',
1179 1179 b'rust.index',
1180 1180 default=False,
1181 1181 )
1182 1182 coreconfigitem(
1183 1183 b'experimental',
1184 1184 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1185 1185 default=50000,
1186 1186 )
1187 1187 coreconfigitem(
1188 1188 b'experimental',
1189 1189 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1190 1190 default=100000,
1191 1191 )
1192 1192 coreconfigitem(
1193 1193 b'experimental',
1194 1194 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1195 1195 default=False,
1196 1196 )
1197 1197 coreconfigitem(
1198 1198 b'experimental',
1199 1199 b'single-head-per-branch',
1200 1200 default=False,
1201 1201 )
1202 1202 coreconfigitem(
1203 1203 b'experimental',
1204 1204 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1205 1205 default=False,
1206 1206 )
1207 1207 coreconfigitem(
1208 1208 b'experimental',
1209 1209 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1210 1210 default=False,
1211 1211 )
1212 1212 coreconfigitem(
1213 1213 b'experimental',
1214 1214 b'sshserver.support-v2',
1215 1215 default=False,
1216 1216 )
1217 1217 coreconfigitem(
1218 1218 b'experimental',
1219 1219 b'sparse-read',
1220 1220 default=False,
1221 1221 )
1222 1222 coreconfigitem(
1223 1223 b'experimental',
1224 1224 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1225 1225 default=0.50,
1226 1226 )
1227 1227 coreconfigitem(
1228 1228 b'experimental',
1229 1229 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1230 1230 default=b'65K',
1231 1231 )
1232 1232 coreconfigitem(
1233 1233 b'experimental',
1234 1234 b'treemanifest',
1235 1235 default=False,
1236 1236 )
1237 1237 coreconfigitem(
1238 1238 b'experimental',
1239 1239 b'update.atomic-file',
1240 1240 default=False,
1241 1241 )
1242 1242 coreconfigitem(
1243 1243 b'experimental',
1244 1244 b'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
1245 1245 default=False,
1246 1246 )
1247 1247 coreconfigitem(
1248 1248 b'experimental',
1249 1249 b'web.apiserver',
1250 1250 default=False,
1251 1251 )
1252 1252 coreconfigitem(
1253 1253 b'experimental',
1254 1254 b'web.api.http-v2',
1255 1255 default=False,
1256 1256 )
1257 1257 coreconfigitem(
1258 1258 b'experimental',
1259 1259 b'web.api.debugreflect',
1260 1260 default=False,
1261 1261 )
1262 1262 coreconfigitem(
1263 1263 b'experimental',
1264 1264 b'web.full-garbage-collection-rate',
1265 1265 default=1, # still forcing a full collection on each request
1266 1266 )
1267 1267 coreconfigitem(
1268 1268 b'experimental',
1269 1269 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1270 1270 default=False,
1271 1271 )
1272 1272 coreconfigitem(
1273 1273 b'experimental',
1274 1274 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1275 1275 default=False,
1276 1276 )
1277 1277 coreconfigitem(
1278 1278 b'experimental',
1279 1279 b'xdiff',
1280 1280 default=False,
1281 1281 )
1282 1282 coreconfigitem(
1283 1283 b'extensions',
1284 1284 b'[^:]*',
1285 1285 default=None,
1286 1286 generic=True,
1287 1287 )
1288 1288 coreconfigitem(
1289 b'extensions',
1290 b'[^:]*:required',
1291 default=False,
1292 generic=True,
1293 )
1294 coreconfigitem(
1289 1295 b'extdata',
1290 1296 b'.*',
1291 1297 default=None,
1292 1298 generic=True,
1293 1299 )
1294 1300 coreconfigitem(
1295 1301 b'format',
1296 1302 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1297 1303 default=False,
1298 1304 )
1299 1305 coreconfigitem(
1300 1306 b'format',
1301 1307 b'chunkcachesize',
1302 1308 default=None,
1303 1309 experimental=True,
1304 1310 )
1305 1311 coreconfigitem(
1306 1312 # Enable this dirstate format *when creating a new repository*.
1307 1313 # Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by .hg/requires
1308 1314 b'format',
1309 1315 b'exp-rc-dirstate-v2',
1310 1316 default=False,
1311 1317 experimental=True,
1312 1318 )
1313 1319 coreconfigitem(
1314 1320 b'format',
1315 1321 b'dotencode',
1316 1322 default=True,
1317 1323 )
1318 1324 coreconfigitem(
1319 1325 b'format',
1320 1326 b'generaldelta',
1321 1327 default=False,
1322 1328 experimental=True,
1323 1329 )
1324 1330 coreconfigitem(
1325 1331 b'format',
1326 1332 b'manifestcachesize',
1327 1333 default=None,
1328 1334 experimental=True,
1329 1335 )
1330 1336 coreconfigitem(
1331 1337 b'format',
1332 1338 b'maxchainlen',
1333 1339 default=dynamicdefault,
1334 1340 experimental=True,
1335 1341 )
1336 1342 coreconfigitem(
1337 1343 b'format',
1338 1344 b'obsstore-version',
1339 1345 default=None,
1340 1346 )
1341 1347 coreconfigitem(
1342 1348 b'format',
1343 1349 b'sparse-revlog',
1344 1350 default=True,
1345 1351 )
1346 1352 coreconfigitem(
1347 1353 b'format',
1348 1354 b'revlog-compression',
1349 1355 default=lambda: [b'zstd', b'zlib'],
1350 1356 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1351 1357 )
1352 1358 # Experimental TODOs:
1353 1359 #
1354 1360 # * Same as for evlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1355 1361 # * Improvement to investigate
1356 1362 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1357 1363 # - storing `rank` of changesets
1358 1364 # - storing branch related identifier
1359 1365
1360 1366 coreconfigitem(
1361 1367 b'format',
1362 1368 b'exp-use-changelog-v2',
1363 1369 default=None,
1364 1370 experimental=True,
1365 1371 )
1366 1372 coreconfigitem(
1367 1373 b'format',
1368 1374 b'usefncache',
1369 1375 default=True,
1370 1376 )
1371 1377 coreconfigitem(
1372 1378 b'format',
1373 1379 b'usegeneraldelta',
1374 1380 default=True,
1375 1381 )
1376 1382 coreconfigitem(
1377 1383 b'format',
1378 1384 b'usestore',
1379 1385 default=True,
1380 1386 )
1381 1387
1382 1388
1383 1389 def _persistent_nodemap_default():
1384 1390 """compute `use-persistent-nodemap` default value
1385 1391
1386 1392 The feature is disabled unless a fast implementation is available.
1387 1393 """
1388 1394 from . import policy
1389 1395
1390 1396 return policy.importrust('revlog') is not None
1391 1397
1392 1398
1393 1399 coreconfigitem(
1394 1400 b'format',
1395 1401 b'use-persistent-nodemap',
1396 1402 default=_persistent_nodemap_default,
1397 1403 )
1398 1404 coreconfigitem(
1399 1405 b'format',
1400 1406 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1401 1407 default=False,
1402 1408 experimental=True,
1403 1409 )
1404 1410 coreconfigitem(
1405 1411 b'format',
1406 1412 b'use-share-safe',
1407 1413 default=False,
1408 1414 )
1409 1415 coreconfigitem(
1410 1416 b'format',
1411 1417 b'internal-phase',
1412 1418 default=False,
1413 1419 experimental=True,
1414 1420 )
1415 1421 coreconfigitem(
1416 1422 b'fsmonitor',
1417 1423 b'warn_when_unused',
1418 1424 default=True,
1419 1425 )
1420 1426 coreconfigitem(
1421 1427 b'fsmonitor',
1422 1428 b'warn_update_file_count',
1423 1429 default=50000,
1424 1430 )
1425 1431 coreconfigitem(
1426 1432 b'fsmonitor',
1427 1433 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1428 1434 default=400000,
1429 1435 )
1430 1436 coreconfigitem(
1431 1437 b'help',
1432 1438 br'hidden-command\..*',
1433 1439 default=False,
1434 1440 generic=True,
1435 1441 )
1436 1442 coreconfigitem(
1437 1443 b'help',
1438 1444 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1439 1445 default=False,
1440 1446 generic=True,
1441 1447 )
1442 1448 coreconfigitem(
1443 1449 b'hooks',
1444 1450 b'[^:]*',
1445 1451 default=dynamicdefault,
1446 1452 generic=True,
1447 1453 )
1448 1454 coreconfigitem(
1449 1455 b'hooks',
1450 1456 b'.*:run-with-plain',
1451 1457 default=True,
1452 1458 generic=True,
1453 1459 )
1454 1460 coreconfigitem(
1455 1461 b'hgweb-paths',
1456 1462 b'.*',
1457 1463 default=list,
1458 1464 generic=True,
1459 1465 )
1460 1466 coreconfigitem(
1461 1467 b'hostfingerprints',
1462 1468 b'.*',
1463 1469 default=list,
1464 1470 generic=True,
1465 1471 )
1466 1472 coreconfigitem(
1467 1473 b'hostsecurity',
1468 1474 b'ciphers',
1469 1475 default=None,
1470 1476 )
1471 1477 coreconfigitem(
1472 1478 b'hostsecurity',
1473 1479 b'minimumprotocol',
1474 1480 default=dynamicdefault,
1475 1481 )
1476 1482 coreconfigitem(
1477 1483 b'hostsecurity',
1478 1484 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1479 1485 default=dynamicdefault,
1480 1486 generic=True,
1481 1487 )
1482 1488 coreconfigitem(
1483 1489 b'hostsecurity',
1484 1490 b'.*:ciphers$',
1485 1491 default=dynamicdefault,
1486 1492 generic=True,
1487 1493 )
1488 1494 coreconfigitem(
1489 1495 b'hostsecurity',
1490 1496 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1491 1497 default=list,
1492 1498 generic=True,
1493 1499 )
1494 1500 coreconfigitem(
1495 1501 b'hostsecurity',
1496 1502 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1497 1503 default=None,
1498 1504 generic=True,
1499 1505 )
1500 1506
1501 1507 coreconfigitem(
1502 1508 b'http_proxy',
1503 1509 b'always',
1504 1510 default=False,
1505 1511 )
1506 1512 coreconfigitem(
1507 1513 b'http_proxy',
1508 1514 b'host',
1509 1515 default=None,
1510 1516 )
1511 1517 coreconfigitem(
1512 1518 b'http_proxy',
1513 1519 b'no',
1514 1520 default=list,
1515 1521 )
1516 1522 coreconfigitem(
1517 1523 b'http_proxy',
1518 1524 b'passwd',
1519 1525 default=None,
1520 1526 )
1521 1527 coreconfigitem(
1522 1528 b'http_proxy',
1523 1529 b'user',
1524 1530 default=None,
1525 1531 )
1526 1532
1527 1533 coreconfigitem(
1528 1534 b'http',
1529 1535 b'timeout',
1530 1536 default=None,
1531 1537 )
1532 1538
1533 1539 coreconfigitem(
1534 1540 b'logtoprocess',
1535 1541 b'commandexception',
1536 1542 default=None,
1537 1543 )
1538 1544 coreconfigitem(
1539 1545 b'logtoprocess',
1540 1546 b'commandfinish',
1541 1547 default=None,
1542 1548 )
1543 1549 coreconfigitem(
1544 1550 b'logtoprocess',
1545 1551 b'command',
1546 1552 default=None,
1547 1553 )
1548 1554 coreconfigitem(
1549 1555 b'logtoprocess',
1550 1556 b'develwarn',
1551 1557 default=None,
1552 1558 )
1553 1559 coreconfigitem(
1554 1560 b'logtoprocess',
1555 1561 b'uiblocked',
1556 1562 default=None,
1557 1563 )
1558 1564 coreconfigitem(
1559 1565 b'merge',
1560 1566 b'checkunknown',
1561 1567 default=b'abort',
1562 1568 )
1563 1569 coreconfigitem(
1564 1570 b'merge',
1565 1571 b'checkignored',
1566 1572 default=b'abort',
1567 1573 )
1568 1574 coreconfigitem(
1569 1575 b'experimental',
1570 1576 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1571 1577 default=False,
1572 1578 )
1573 1579 coreconfigitem(
1574 1580 b'merge',
1575 1581 b'followcopies',
1576 1582 default=True,
1577 1583 )
1578 1584 coreconfigitem(
1579 1585 b'merge',
1580 1586 b'on-failure',
1581 1587 default=b'continue',
1582 1588 )
1583 1589 coreconfigitem(
1584 1590 b'merge',
1585 1591 b'preferancestor',
1586 1592 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1587 1593 experimental=True,
1588 1594 )
1589 1595 coreconfigitem(
1590 1596 b'merge',
1591 1597 b'strict-capability-check',
1592 1598 default=False,
1593 1599 )
1594 1600 coreconfigitem(
1595 1601 b'merge-tools',
1596 1602 b'.*',
1597 1603 default=None,
1598 1604 generic=True,
1599 1605 )
1600 1606 coreconfigitem(
1601 1607 b'merge-tools',
1602 1608 br'.*\.args$',
1603 1609 default=b"$local $base $other",
1604 1610 generic=True,
1605 1611 priority=-1,
1606 1612 )
1607 1613 coreconfigitem(
1608 1614 b'merge-tools',
1609 1615 br'.*\.binary$',
1610 1616 default=False,
1611 1617 generic=True,
1612 1618 priority=-1,
1613 1619 )
1614 1620 coreconfigitem(
1615 1621 b'merge-tools',
1616 1622 br'.*\.check$',
1617 1623 default=list,
1618 1624 generic=True,
1619 1625 priority=-1,
1620 1626 )
1621 1627 coreconfigitem(
1622 1628 b'merge-tools',
1623 1629 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1624 1630 default=False,
1625 1631 generic=True,
1626 1632 priority=-1,
1627 1633 )
1628 1634 coreconfigitem(
1629 1635 b'merge-tools',
1630 1636 br'.*\.executable$',
1631 1637 default=dynamicdefault,
1632 1638 generic=True,
1633 1639 priority=-1,
1634 1640 )
1635 1641 coreconfigitem(
1636 1642 b'merge-tools',
1637 1643 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1638 1644 default=False,
1639 1645 generic=True,
1640 1646 priority=-1,
1641 1647 )
1642 1648 coreconfigitem(
1643 1649 b'merge-tools',
1644 1650 br'.*\.gui$',
1645 1651 default=False,
1646 1652 generic=True,
1647 1653 priority=-1,
1648 1654 )
1649 1655 coreconfigitem(
1650 1656 b'merge-tools',
1651 1657 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1652 1658 default=b'basic',
1653 1659 generic=True,
1654 1660 priority=-1,
1655 1661 )
1656 1662 coreconfigitem(
1657 1663 b'merge-tools',
1658 1664 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1659 1665 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1660 1666 generic=True,
1661 1667 priority=-1,
1662 1668 )
1663 1669 coreconfigitem(
1664 1670 b'merge-tools',
1665 1671 br'.*\.priority$',
1666 1672 default=0,
1667 1673 generic=True,
1668 1674 priority=-1,
1669 1675 )
1670 1676 coreconfigitem(
1671 1677 b'merge-tools',
1672 1678 br'.*\.premerge$',
1673 1679 default=dynamicdefault,
1674 1680 generic=True,
1675 1681 priority=-1,
1676 1682 )
1677 1683 coreconfigitem(
1678 1684 b'merge-tools',
1679 1685 br'.*\.symlink$',
1680 1686 default=False,
1681 1687 generic=True,
1682 1688 priority=-1,
1683 1689 )
1684 1690 coreconfigitem(
1685 1691 b'pager',
1686 1692 b'attend-.*',
1687 1693 default=dynamicdefault,
1688 1694 generic=True,
1689 1695 )
1690 1696 coreconfigitem(
1691 1697 b'pager',
1692 1698 b'ignore',
1693 1699 default=list,
1694 1700 )
1695 1701 coreconfigitem(
1696 1702 b'pager',
1697 1703 b'pager',
1698 1704 default=dynamicdefault,
1699 1705 )
1700 1706 coreconfigitem(
1701 1707 b'patch',
1702 1708 b'eol',
1703 1709 default=b'strict',
1704 1710 )
1705 1711 coreconfigitem(
1706 1712 b'patch',
1707 1713 b'fuzz',
1708 1714 default=2,
1709 1715 )
1710 1716 coreconfigitem(
1711 1717 b'paths',
1712 1718 b'default',
1713 1719 default=None,
1714 1720 )
1715 1721 coreconfigitem(
1716 1722 b'paths',
1717 1723 b'default-push',
1718 1724 default=None,
1719 1725 )
1720 1726 coreconfigitem(
1721 1727 b'paths',
1722 1728 b'.*',
1723 1729 default=None,
1724 1730 generic=True,
1725 1731 )
1726 1732 coreconfigitem(
1727 1733 b'phases',
1728 1734 b'checksubrepos',
1729 1735 default=b'follow',
1730 1736 )
1731 1737 coreconfigitem(
1732 1738 b'phases',
1733 1739 b'new-commit',
1734 1740 default=b'draft',
1735 1741 )
1736 1742 coreconfigitem(
1737 1743 b'phases',
1738 1744 b'publish',
1739 1745 default=True,
1740 1746 )
1741 1747 coreconfigitem(
1742 1748 b'profiling',
1743 1749 b'enabled',
1744 1750 default=False,
1745 1751 )
1746 1752 coreconfigitem(
1747 1753 b'profiling',
1748 1754 b'format',
1749 1755 default=b'text',
1750 1756 )
1751 1757 coreconfigitem(
1752 1758 b'profiling',
1753 1759 b'freq',
1754 1760 default=1000,
1755 1761 )
1756 1762 coreconfigitem(
1757 1763 b'profiling',
1758 1764 b'limit',
1759 1765 default=30,
1760 1766 )
1761 1767 coreconfigitem(
1762 1768 b'profiling',
1763 1769 b'nested',
1764 1770 default=0,
1765 1771 )
1766 1772 coreconfigitem(
1767 1773 b'profiling',
1768 1774 b'output',
1769 1775 default=None,
1770 1776 )
1771 1777 coreconfigitem(
1772 1778 b'profiling',
1773 1779 b'showmax',
1774 1780 default=0.999,
1775 1781 )
1776 1782 coreconfigitem(
1777 1783 b'profiling',
1778 1784 b'showmin',
1779 1785 default=dynamicdefault,
1780 1786 )
1781 1787 coreconfigitem(
1782 1788 b'profiling',
1783 1789 b'showtime',
1784 1790 default=True,
1785 1791 )
1786 1792 coreconfigitem(
1787 1793 b'profiling',
1788 1794 b'sort',
1789 1795 default=b'inlinetime',
1790 1796 )
1791 1797 coreconfigitem(
1792 1798 b'profiling',
1793 1799 b'statformat',
1794 1800 default=b'hotpath',
1795 1801 )
1796 1802 coreconfigitem(
1797 1803 b'profiling',
1798 1804 b'time-track',
1799 1805 default=dynamicdefault,
1800 1806 )
1801 1807 coreconfigitem(
1802 1808 b'profiling',
1803 1809 b'type',
1804 1810 default=b'stat',
1805 1811 )
1806 1812 coreconfigitem(
1807 1813 b'progress',
1808 1814 b'assume-tty',
1809 1815 default=False,
1810 1816 )
1811 1817 coreconfigitem(
1812 1818 b'progress',
1813 1819 b'changedelay',
1814 1820 default=1,
1815 1821 )
1816 1822 coreconfigitem(
1817 1823 b'progress',
1818 1824 b'clear-complete',
1819 1825 default=True,
1820 1826 )
1821 1827 coreconfigitem(
1822 1828 b'progress',
1823 1829 b'debug',
1824 1830 default=False,
1825 1831 )
1826 1832 coreconfigitem(
1827 1833 b'progress',
1828 1834 b'delay',
1829 1835 default=3,
1830 1836 )
1831 1837 coreconfigitem(
1832 1838 b'progress',
1833 1839 b'disable',
1834 1840 default=False,
1835 1841 )
1836 1842 coreconfigitem(
1837 1843 b'progress',
1838 1844 b'estimateinterval',
1839 1845 default=60.0,
1840 1846 )
1841 1847 coreconfigitem(
1842 1848 b'progress',
1843 1849 b'format',
1844 1850 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1845 1851 )
1846 1852 coreconfigitem(
1847 1853 b'progress',
1848 1854 b'refresh',
1849 1855 default=0.1,
1850 1856 )
1851 1857 coreconfigitem(
1852 1858 b'progress',
1853 1859 b'width',
1854 1860 default=dynamicdefault,
1855 1861 )
1856 1862 coreconfigitem(
1857 1863 b'pull',
1858 1864 b'confirm',
1859 1865 default=False,
1860 1866 )
1861 1867 coreconfigitem(
1862 1868 b'push',
1863 1869 b'pushvars.server',
1864 1870 default=False,
1865 1871 )
1866 1872 coreconfigitem(
1867 1873 b'rewrite',
1868 1874 b'backup-bundle',
1869 1875 default=True,
1870 1876 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1871 1877 )
1872 1878 coreconfigitem(
1873 1879 b'rewrite',
1874 1880 b'update-timestamp',
1875 1881 default=False,
1876 1882 )
1877 1883 coreconfigitem(
1878 1884 b'rewrite',
1879 1885 b'empty-successor',
1880 1886 default=b'skip',
1881 1887 experimental=True,
1882 1888 )
1883 1889 # experimental as long as format.exp-rc-dirstate-v2 is.
1884 1890 coreconfigitem(
1885 1891 b'storage',
1886 1892 b'dirstate-v2.slow-path',
1887 1893 default=b"abort",
1888 1894 experimental=True,
1889 1895 )
1890 1896 coreconfigitem(
1891 1897 b'storage',
1892 1898 b'new-repo-backend',
1893 1899 default=b'revlogv1',
1894 1900 experimental=True,
1895 1901 )
1896 1902 coreconfigitem(
1897 1903 b'storage',
1898 1904 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1899 1905 default=True,
1900 1906 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1901 1907 )
1902 1908 coreconfigitem(
1903 1909 b'storage',
1904 1910 b'revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming',
1905 1911 default=True,
1906 1912 )
1907 1913 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1908 1914 coreconfigitem(
1909 1915 b'storage',
1910 1916 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1911 1917 default=True,
1912 1918 )
1913 1919 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1914 1920 coreconfigitem(
1915 1921 b'storage',
1916 1922 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
1917 1923 default=b"abort",
1918 1924 )
1919 1925
1920 1926 coreconfigitem(
1921 1927 b'storage',
1922 1928 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1923 1929 default=True,
1924 1930 )
1925 1931 coreconfigitem(
1926 1932 b'storage',
1927 1933 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1928 1934 default=None,
1929 1935 )
1930 1936 coreconfigitem(
1931 1937 b'storage',
1932 1938 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1933 1939 default=None,
1934 1940 )
1935 1941 coreconfigitem(
1936 1942 b'storage',
1937 1943 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1938 1944 default=None,
1939 1945 )
1940 1946 coreconfigitem(
1941 1947 b'server',
1942 1948 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1943 1949 default=True,
1944 1950 )
1945 1951 coreconfigitem(
1946 1952 b'server',
1947 1953 b'bundle1',
1948 1954 default=True,
1949 1955 )
1950 1956 coreconfigitem(
1951 1957 b'server',
1952 1958 b'bundle1gd',
1953 1959 default=None,
1954 1960 )
1955 1961 coreconfigitem(
1956 1962 b'server',
1957 1963 b'bundle1.pull',
1958 1964 default=None,
1959 1965 )
1960 1966 coreconfigitem(
1961 1967 b'server',
1962 1968 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1963 1969 default=None,
1964 1970 )
1965 1971 coreconfigitem(
1966 1972 b'server',
1967 1973 b'bundle1.push',
1968 1974 default=None,
1969 1975 )
1970 1976 coreconfigitem(
1971 1977 b'server',
1972 1978 b'bundle1gd.push',
1973 1979 default=None,
1974 1980 )
1975 1981 coreconfigitem(
1976 1982 b'server',
1977 1983 b'bundle2.stream',
1978 1984 default=True,
1979 1985 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1980 1986 )
1981 1987 coreconfigitem(
1982 1988 b'server',
1983 1989 b'compressionengines',
1984 1990 default=list,
1985 1991 )
1986 1992 coreconfigitem(
1987 1993 b'server',
1988 1994 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1989 1995 default=b'check-related',
1990 1996 )
1991 1997 coreconfigitem(
1992 1998 b'server',
1993 1999 b'disablefullbundle',
1994 2000 default=False,
1995 2001 )
1996 2002 coreconfigitem(
1997 2003 b'server',
1998 2004 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1999 2005 default=1024,
2000 2006 )
2001 2007 coreconfigitem(
2002 2008 b'server',
2003 2009 b'pullbundle',
2004 2010 default=False,
2005 2011 )
2006 2012 coreconfigitem(
2007 2013 b'server',
2008 2014 b'preferuncompressed',
2009 2015 default=False,
2010 2016 )
2011 2017 coreconfigitem(
2012 2018 b'server',
2013 2019 b'streamunbundle',
2014 2020 default=False,
2015 2021 )
2016 2022 coreconfigitem(
2017 2023 b'server',
2018 2024 b'uncompressed',
2019 2025 default=True,
2020 2026 )
2021 2027 coreconfigitem(
2022 2028 b'server',
2023 2029 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
2024 2030 default=False,
2025 2031 )
2026 2032 coreconfigitem(
2027 2033 b'server',
2028 2034 b'view',
2029 2035 default=b'served',
2030 2036 )
2031 2037 coreconfigitem(
2032 2038 b'server',
2033 2039 b'validate',
2034 2040 default=False,
2035 2041 )
2036 2042 coreconfigitem(
2037 2043 b'server',
2038 2044 b'zliblevel',
2039 2045 default=-1,
2040 2046 )
2041 2047 coreconfigitem(
2042 2048 b'server',
2043 2049 b'zstdlevel',
2044 2050 default=3,
2045 2051 )
2046 2052 coreconfigitem(
2047 2053 b'share',
2048 2054 b'pool',
2049 2055 default=None,
2050 2056 )
2051 2057 coreconfigitem(
2052 2058 b'share',
2053 2059 b'poolnaming',
2054 2060 default=b'identity',
2055 2061 )
2056 2062 coreconfigitem(
2057 2063 b'share',
2058 2064 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe',
2059 2065 default=b'abort',
2060 2066 )
2061 2067 coreconfigitem(
2062 2068 b'share',
2063 2069 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe',
2064 2070 default=b'abort',
2065 2071 )
2066 2072 coreconfigitem(
2067 2073 b'share',
2068 2074 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn',
2069 2075 default=True,
2070 2076 )
2071 2077 coreconfigitem(
2072 2078 b'share',
2073 2079 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn',
2074 2080 default=True,
2075 2081 )
2076 2082 coreconfigitem(
2077 2083 b'shelve',
2078 2084 b'maxbackups',
2079 2085 default=10,
2080 2086 )
2081 2087 coreconfigitem(
2082 2088 b'smtp',
2083 2089 b'host',
2084 2090 default=None,
2085 2091 )
2086 2092 coreconfigitem(
2087 2093 b'smtp',
2088 2094 b'local_hostname',
2089 2095 default=None,
2090 2096 )
2091 2097 coreconfigitem(
2092 2098 b'smtp',
2093 2099 b'password',
2094 2100 default=None,
2095 2101 )
2096 2102 coreconfigitem(
2097 2103 b'smtp',
2098 2104 b'port',
2099 2105 default=dynamicdefault,
2100 2106 )
2101 2107 coreconfigitem(
2102 2108 b'smtp',
2103 2109 b'tls',
2104 2110 default=b'none',
2105 2111 )
2106 2112 coreconfigitem(
2107 2113 b'smtp',
2108 2114 b'username',
2109 2115 default=None,
2110 2116 )
2111 2117 coreconfigitem(
2112 2118 b'sparse',
2113 2119 b'missingwarning',
2114 2120 default=True,
2115 2121 experimental=True,
2116 2122 )
2117 2123 coreconfigitem(
2118 2124 b'subrepos',
2119 2125 b'allowed',
2120 2126 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
2121 2127 )
2122 2128 coreconfigitem(
2123 2129 b'subrepos',
2124 2130 b'hg:allowed',
2125 2131 default=dynamicdefault,
2126 2132 )
2127 2133 coreconfigitem(
2128 2134 b'subrepos',
2129 2135 b'git:allowed',
2130 2136 default=dynamicdefault,
2131 2137 )
2132 2138 coreconfigitem(
2133 2139 b'subrepos',
2134 2140 b'svn:allowed',
2135 2141 default=dynamicdefault,
2136 2142 )
2137 2143 coreconfigitem(
2138 2144 b'templates',
2139 2145 b'.*',
2140 2146 default=None,
2141 2147 generic=True,
2142 2148 )
2143 2149 coreconfigitem(
2144 2150 b'templateconfig',
2145 2151 b'.*',
2146 2152 default=dynamicdefault,
2147 2153 generic=True,
2148 2154 )
2149 2155 coreconfigitem(
2150 2156 b'trusted',
2151 2157 b'groups',
2152 2158 default=list,
2153 2159 )
2154 2160 coreconfigitem(
2155 2161 b'trusted',
2156 2162 b'users',
2157 2163 default=list,
2158 2164 )
2159 2165 coreconfigitem(
2160 2166 b'ui',
2161 2167 b'_usedassubrepo',
2162 2168 default=False,
2163 2169 )
2164 2170 coreconfigitem(
2165 2171 b'ui',
2166 2172 b'allowemptycommit',
2167 2173 default=False,
2168 2174 )
2169 2175 coreconfigitem(
2170 2176 b'ui',
2171 2177 b'archivemeta',
2172 2178 default=True,
2173 2179 )
2174 2180 coreconfigitem(
2175 2181 b'ui',
2176 2182 b'askusername',
2177 2183 default=False,
2178 2184 )
2179 2185 coreconfigitem(
2180 2186 b'ui',
2181 2187 b'available-memory',
2182 2188 default=None,
2183 2189 )
2184 2190
2185 2191 coreconfigitem(
2186 2192 b'ui',
2187 2193 b'clonebundlefallback',
2188 2194 default=False,
2189 2195 )
2190 2196 coreconfigitem(
2191 2197 b'ui',
2192 2198 b'clonebundleprefers',
2193 2199 default=list,
2194 2200 )
2195 2201 coreconfigitem(
2196 2202 b'ui',
2197 2203 b'clonebundles',
2198 2204 default=True,
2199 2205 )
2200 2206 coreconfigitem(
2201 2207 b'ui',
2202 2208 b'color',
2203 2209 default=b'auto',
2204 2210 )
2205 2211 coreconfigitem(
2206 2212 b'ui',
2207 2213 b'commitsubrepos',
2208 2214 default=False,
2209 2215 )
2210 2216 coreconfigitem(
2211 2217 b'ui',
2212 2218 b'debug',
2213 2219 default=False,
2214 2220 )
2215 2221 coreconfigitem(
2216 2222 b'ui',
2217 2223 b'debugger',
2218 2224 default=None,
2219 2225 )
2220 2226 coreconfigitem(
2221 2227 b'ui',
2222 2228 b'editor',
2223 2229 default=dynamicdefault,
2224 2230 )
2225 2231 coreconfigitem(
2226 2232 b'ui',
2227 2233 b'detailed-exit-code',
2228 2234 default=False,
2229 2235 experimental=True,
2230 2236 )
2231 2237 coreconfigitem(
2232 2238 b'ui',
2233 2239 b'fallbackencoding',
2234 2240 default=None,
2235 2241 )
2236 2242 coreconfigitem(
2237 2243 b'ui',
2238 2244 b'forcecwd',
2239 2245 default=None,
2240 2246 )
2241 2247 coreconfigitem(
2242 2248 b'ui',
2243 2249 b'forcemerge',
2244 2250 default=None,
2245 2251 )
2246 2252 coreconfigitem(
2247 2253 b'ui',
2248 2254 b'formatdebug',
2249 2255 default=False,
2250 2256 )
2251 2257 coreconfigitem(
2252 2258 b'ui',
2253 2259 b'formatjson',
2254 2260 default=False,
2255 2261 )
2256 2262 coreconfigitem(
2257 2263 b'ui',
2258 2264 b'formatted',
2259 2265 default=None,
2260 2266 )
2261 2267 coreconfigitem(
2262 2268 b'ui',
2263 2269 b'interactive',
2264 2270 default=None,
2265 2271 )
2266 2272 coreconfigitem(
2267 2273 b'ui',
2268 2274 b'interface',
2269 2275 default=None,
2270 2276 )
2271 2277 coreconfigitem(
2272 2278 b'ui',
2273 2279 b'interface.chunkselector',
2274 2280 default=None,
2275 2281 )
2276 2282 coreconfigitem(
2277 2283 b'ui',
2278 2284 b'large-file-limit',
2279 2285 default=10000000,
2280 2286 )
2281 2287 coreconfigitem(
2282 2288 b'ui',
2283 2289 b'logblockedtimes',
2284 2290 default=False,
2285 2291 )
2286 2292 coreconfigitem(
2287 2293 b'ui',
2288 2294 b'merge',
2289 2295 default=None,
2290 2296 )
2291 2297 coreconfigitem(
2292 2298 b'ui',
2293 2299 b'mergemarkers',
2294 2300 default=b'basic',
2295 2301 )
2296 2302 coreconfigitem(
2297 2303 b'ui',
2298 2304 b'message-output',
2299 2305 default=b'stdio',
2300 2306 )
2301 2307 coreconfigitem(
2302 2308 b'ui',
2303 2309 b'nontty',
2304 2310 default=False,
2305 2311 )
2306 2312 coreconfigitem(
2307 2313 b'ui',
2308 2314 b'origbackuppath',
2309 2315 default=None,
2310 2316 )
2311 2317 coreconfigitem(
2312 2318 b'ui',
2313 2319 b'paginate',
2314 2320 default=True,
2315 2321 )
2316 2322 coreconfigitem(
2317 2323 b'ui',
2318 2324 b'patch',
2319 2325 default=None,
2320 2326 )
2321 2327 coreconfigitem(
2322 2328 b'ui',
2323 2329 b'portablefilenames',
2324 2330 default=b'warn',
2325 2331 )
2326 2332 coreconfigitem(
2327 2333 b'ui',
2328 2334 b'promptecho',
2329 2335 default=False,
2330 2336 )
2331 2337 coreconfigitem(
2332 2338 b'ui',
2333 2339 b'quiet',
2334 2340 default=False,
2335 2341 )
2336 2342 coreconfigitem(
2337 2343 b'ui',
2338 2344 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2339 2345 default=False,
2340 2346 )
2341 2347 coreconfigitem(
2342 2348 b'ui',
2343 2349 b'relative-paths',
2344 2350 default=b'legacy',
2345 2351 )
2346 2352 coreconfigitem(
2347 2353 b'ui',
2348 2354 b'remotecmd',
2349 2355 default=b'hg',
2350 2356 )
2351 2357 coreconfigitem(
2352 2358 b'ui',
2353 2359 b'report_untrusted',
2354 2360 default=True,
2355 2361 )
2356 2362 coreconfigitem(
2357 2363 b'ui',
2358 2364 b'rollback',
2359 2365 default=True,
2360 2366 )
2361 2367 coreconfigitem(
2362 2368 b'ui',
2363 2369 b'signal-safe-lock',
2364 2370 default=True,
2365 2371 )
2366 2372 coreconfigitem(
2367 2373 b'ui',
2368 2374 b'slash',
2369 2375 default=False,
2370 2376 )
2371 2377 coreconfigitem(
2372 2378 b'ui',
2373 2379 b'ssh',
2374 2380 default=b'ssh',
2375 2381 )
2376 2382 coreconfigitem(
2377 2383 b'ui',
2378 2384 b'ssherrorhint',
2379 2385 default=None,
2380 2386 )
2381 2387 coreconfigitem(
2382 2388 b'ui',
2383 2389 b'statuscopies',
2384 2390 default=False,
2385 2391 )
2386 2392 coreconfigitem(
2387 2393 b'ui',
2388 2394 b'strict',
2389 2395 default=False,
2390 2396 )
2391 2397 coreconfigitem(
2392 2398 b'ui',
2393 2399 b'style',
2394 2400 default=b'',
2395 2401 )
2396 2402 coreconfigitem(
2397 2403 b'ui',
2398 2404 b'supportcontact',
2399 2405 default=None,
2400 2406 )
2401 2407 coreconfigitem(
2402 2408 b'ui',
2403 2409 b'textwidth',
2404 2410 default=78,
2405 2411 )
2406 2412 coreconfigitem(
2407 2413 b'ui',
2408 2414 b'timeout',
2409 2415 default=b'600',
2410 2416 )
2411 2417 coreconfigitem(
2412 2418 b'ui',
2413 2419 b'timeout.warn',
2414 2420 default=0,
2415 2421 )
2416 2422 coreconfigitem(
2417 2423 b'ui',
2418 2424 b'timestamp-output',
2419 2425 default=False,
2420 2426 )
2421 2427 coreconfigitem(
2422 2428 b'ui',
2423 2429 b'traceback',
2424 2430 default=False,
2425 2431 )
2426 2432 coreconfigitem(
2427 2433 b'ui',
2428 2434 b'tweakdefaults',
2429 2435 default=False,
2430 2436 )
2431 2437 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2432 2438 coreconfigitem(
2433 2439 b'ui',
2434 2440 b'verbose',
2435 2441 default=False,
2436 2442 )
2437 2443 coreconfigitem(
2438 2444 b'verify',
2439 2445 b'skipflags',
2440 2446 default=None,
2441 2447 )
2442 2448 coreconfigitem(
2443 2449 b'web',
2444 2450 b'allowbz2',
2445 2451 default=False,
2446 2452 )
2447 2453 coreconfigitem(
2448 2454 b'web',
2449 2455 b'allowgz',
2450 2456 default=False,
2451 2457 )
2452 2458 coreconfigitem(
2453 2459 b'web',
2454 2460 b'allow-pull',
2455 2461 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2456 2462 default=True,
2457 2463 )
2458 2464 coreconfigitem(
2459 2465 b'web',
2460 2466 b'allow-push',
2461 2467 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2462 2468 default=list,
2463 2469 )
2464 2470 coreconfigitem(
2465 2471 b'web',
2466 2472 b'allowzip',
2467 2473 default=False,
2468 2474 )
2469 2475 coreconfigitem(
2470 2476 b'web',
2471 2477 b'archivesubrepos',
2472 2478 default=False,
2473 2479 )
2474 2480 coreconfigitem(
2475 2481 b'web',
2476 2482 b'cache',
2477 2483 default=True,
2478 2484 )
2479 2485 coreconfigitem(
2480 2486 b'web',
2481 2487 b'comparisoncontext',
2482 2488 default=5,
2483 2489 )
2484 2490 coreconfigitem(
2485 2491 b'web',
2486 2492 b'contact',
2487 2493 default=None,
2488 2494 )
2489 2495 coreconfigitem(
2490 2496 b'web',
2491 2497 b'deny_push',
2492 2498 default=list,
2493 2499 )
2494 2500 coreconfigitem(
2495 2501 b'web',
2496 2502 b'guessmime',
2497 2503 default=False,
2498 2504 )
2499 2505 coreconfigitem(
2500 2506 b'web',
2501 2507 b'hidden',
2502 2508 default=False,
2503 2509 )
2504 2510 coreconfigitem(
2505 2511 b'web',
2506 2512 b'labels',
2507 2513 default=list,
2508 2514 )
2509 2515 coreconfigitem(
2510 2516 b'web',
2511 2517 b'logoimg',
2512 2518 default=b'hglogo.png',
2513 2519 )
2514 2520 coreconfigitem(
2515 2521 b'web',
2516 2522 b'logourl',
2517 2523 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2518 2524 )
2519 2525 coreconfigitem(
2520 2526 b'web',
2521 2527 b'accesslog',
2522 2528 default=b'-',
2523 2529 )
2524 2530 coreconfigitem(
2525 2531 b'web',
2526 2532 b'address',
2527 2533 default=b'',
2528 2534 )
2529 2535 coreconfigitem(
2530 2536 b'web',
2531 2537 b'allow-archive',
2532 2538 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2533 2539 default=list,
2534 2540 )
2535 2541 coreconfigitem(
2536 2542 b'web',
2537 2543 b'allow_read',
2538 2544 default=list,
2539 2545 )
2540 2546 coreconfigitem(
2541 2547 b'web',
2542 2548 b'baseurl',
2543 2549 default=None,
2544 2550 )
2545 2551 coreconfigitem(
2546 2552 b'web',
2547 2553 b'cacerts',
2548 2554 default=None,
2549 2555 )
2550 2556 coreconfigitem(
2551 2557 b'web',
2552 2558 b'certificate',
2553 2559 default=None,
2554 2560 )
2555 2561 coreconfigitem(
2556 2562 b'web',
2557 2563 b'collapse',
2558 2564 default=False,
2559 2565 )
2560 2566 coreconfigitem(
2561 2567 b'web',
2562 2568 b'csp',
2563 2569 default=None,
2564 2570 )
2565 2571 coreconfigitem(
2566 2572 b'web',
2567 2573 b'deny_read',
2568 2574 default=list,
2569 2575 )
2570 2576 coreconfigitem(
2571 2577 b'web',
2572 2578 b'descend',
2573 2579 default=True,
2574 2580 )
2575 2581 coreconfigitem(
2576 2582 b'web',
2577 2583 b'description',
2578 2584 default=b"",
2579 2585 )
2580 2586 coreconfigitem(
2581 2587 b'web',
2582 2588 b'encoding',
2583 2589 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2584 2590 )
2585 2591 coreconfigitem(
2586 2592 b'web',
2587 2593 b'errorlog',
2588 2594 default=b'-',
2589 2595 )
2590 2596 coreconfigitem(
2591 2597 b'web',
2592 2598 b'ipv6',
2593 2599 default=False,
2594 2600 )
2595 2601 coreconfigitem(
2596 2602 b'web',
2597 2603 b'maxchanges',
2598 2604 default=10,
2599 2605 )
2600 2606 coreconfigitem(
2601 2607 b'web',
2602 2608 b'maxfiles',
2603 2609 default=10,
2604 2610 )
2605 2611 coreconfigitem(
2606 2612 b'web',
2607 2613 b'maxshortchanges',
2608 2614 default=60,
2609 2615 )
2610 2616 coreconfigitem(
2611 2617 b'web',
2612 2618 b'motd',
2613 2619 default=b'',
2614 2620 )
2615 2621 coreconfigitem(
2616 2622 b'web',
2617 2623 b'name',
2618 2624 default=dynamicdefault,
2619 2625 )
2620 2626 coreconfigitem(
2621 2627 b'web',
2622 2628 b'port',
2623 2629 default=8000,
2624 2630 )
2625 2631 coreconfigitem(
2626 2632 b'web',
2627 2633 b'prefix',
2628 2634 default=b'',
2629 2635 )
2630 2636 coreconfigitem(
2631 2637 b'web',
2632 2638 b'push_ssl',
2633 2639 default=True,
2634 2640 )
2635 2641 coreconfigitem(
2636 2642 b'web',
2637 2643 b'refreshinterval',
2638 2644 default=20,
2639 2645 )
2640 2646 coreconfigitem(
2641 2647 b'web',
2642 2648 b'server-header',
2643 2649 default=None,
2644 2650 )
2645 2651 coreconfigitem(
2646 2652 b'web',
2647 2653 b'static',
2648 2654 default=None,
2649 2655 )
2650 2656 coreconfigitem(
2651 2657 b'web',
2652 2658 b'staticurl',
2653 2659 default=None,
2654 2660 )
2655 2661 coreconfigitem(
2656 2662 b'web',
2657 2663 b'stripes',
2658 2664 default=1,
2659 2665 )
2660 2666 coreconfigitem(
2661 2667 b'web',
2662 2668 b'style',
2663 2669 default=b'paper',
2664 2670 )
2665 2671 coreconfigitem(
2666 2672 b'web',
2667 2673 b'templates',
2668 2674 default=None,
2669 2675 )
2670 2676 coreconfigitem(
2671 2677 b'web',
2672 2678 b'view',
2673 2679 default=b'served',
2674 2680 experimental=True,
2675 2681 )
2676 2682 coreconfigitem(
2677 2683 b'worker',
2678 2684 b'backgroundclose',
2679 2685 default=dynamicdefault,
2680 2686 )
2681 2687 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2682 2688 # should give us enough headway.
2683 2689 coreconfigitem(
2684 2690 b'worker',
2685 2691 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2686 2692 default=384,
2687 2693 )
2688 2694 coreconfigitem(
2689 2695 b'worker',
2690 2696 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2691 2697 default=2048,
2692 2698 )
2693 2699 coreconfigitem(
2694 2700 b'worker',
2695 2701 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2696 2702 default=4,
2697 2703 )
2698 2704 coreconfigitem(
2699 2705 b'worker',
2700 2706 b'enabled',
2701 2707 default=True,
2702 2708 )
2703 2709 coreconfigitem(
2704 2710 b'worker',
2705 2711 b'numcpus',
2706 2712 default=None,
2707 2713 )
2708 2714
2709 2715 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2710 2716 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2711 2717 # without formally loading it.
2712 2718 coreconfigitem(
2713 2719 b'commands',
2714 2720 b'rebase.requiredest',
2715 2721 default=False,
2716 2722 )
2717 2723 coreconfigitem(
2718 2724 b'experimental',
2719 2725 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2720 2726 default=True,
2721 2727 )
2722 2728 coreconfigitem(
2723 2729 b'rebase',
2724 2730 b'singletransaction',
2725 2731 default=False,
2726 2732 )
2727 2733 coreconfigitem(
2728 2734 b'rebase',
2729 2735 b'experimental.inmemory',
2730 2736 default=False,
2731 2737 )
@@ -1,957 +1,970 b''
1 1 # extensions.py - extension handling for mercurial
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2005-2007 Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import ast
11 11 import collections
12 12 import functools
13 13 import imp
14 14 import inspect
15 15 import os
16 16
17 17 from .i18n import (
18 18 _,
19 19 gettext,
20 20 )
21 21 from .pycompat import (
22 22 getattr,
23 23 open,
24 24 setattr,
25 25 )
26 26
27 27 from . import (
28 28 cmdutil,
29 29 configitems,
30 30 error,
31 31 pycompat,
32 32 util,
33 33 )
34 34
35 35 from .utils import stringutil
36 36
37 37 _extensions = {}
38 38 _disabledextensions = {}
39 39 _aftercallbacks = {}
40 40 _order = []
41 41 _builtin = {
42 42 b'hbisect',
43 43 b'bookmarks',
44 44 b'color',
45 45 b'parentrevspec',
46 46 b'progress',
47 47 b'interhg',
48 48 b'inotify',
49 49 b'hgcia',
50 50 b'shelve',
51 51 }
52 52
53 53
54 54 def extensions(ui=None):
55 55 if ui:
56 56
57 57 def enabled(name):
58 58 for format in [b'%s', b'hgext.%s']:
59 59 conf = ui.config(b'extensions', format % name)
60 60 if conf is not None and not conf.startswith(b'!'):
61 61 return True
62 62
63 63 else:
64 64 enabled = lambda name: True
65 65 for name in _order:
66 66 module = _extensions[name]
67 67 if module and enabled(name):
68 68 yield name, module
69 69
70 70
71 71 def find(name):
72 72 '''return module with given extension name'''
73 73 mod = None
74 74 try:
75 75 mod = _extensions[name]
76 76 except KeyError:
77 77 for k, v in pycompat.iteritems(_extensions):
78 78 if k.endswith(b'.' + name) or k.endswith(b'/' + name):
79 79 mod = v
80 80 break
81 81 if not mod:
82 82 raise KeyError(name)
83 83 return mod
84 84
85 85
86 86 def loadpath(path, module_name):
87 87 module_name = module_name.replace(b'.', b'_')
88 88 path = util.normpath(util.expandpath(path))
89 89 module_name = pycompat.fsdecode(module_name)
90 90 path = pycompat.fsdecode(path)
91 91 if os.path.isdir(path):
92 92 # module/__init__.py style
93 93 d, f = os.path.split(path)
94 94 fd, fpath, desc = imp.find_module(f, [d])
95 95 # When https://github.com/python/typeshed/issues/3466 is fixed
96 96 # and in a pytype release we can drop this disable.
97 97 return imp.load_module(
98 98 module_name, fd, fpath, desc # pytype: disable=wrong-arg-types
99 99 )
100 100 else:
101 101 try:
102 102 return imp.load_source(module_name, path)
103 103 except IOError as exc:
104 104 if not exc.filename:
105 105 exc.filename = path # python does not fill this
106 106 raise
107 107
108 108
109 109 def _importh(name):
110 110 """import and return the <name> module"""
111 111 mod = __import__(pycompat.sysstr(name))
112 112 components = name.split(b'.')
113 113 for comp in components[1:]:
114 114 mod = getattr(mod, comp)
115 115 return mod
116 116
117 117
118 118 def _importext(name, path=None, reportfunc=None):
119 119 if path:
120 120 # the module will be loaded in sys.modules
121 121 # choose an unique name so that it doesn't
122 122 # conflicts with other modules
123 123 mod = loadpath(path, b'hgext.%s' % name)
124 124 else:
125 125 try:
126 126 mod = _importh(b"hgext.%s" % name)
127 127 except ImportError as err:
128 128 if reportfunc:
129 129 reportfunc(err, b"hgext.%s" % name, b"hgext3rd.%s" % name)
130 130 try:
131 131 mod = _importh(b"hgext3rd.%s" % name)
132 132 except ImportError as err:
133 133 if reportfunc:
134 134 reportfunc(err, b"hgext3rd.%s" % name, name)
135 135 mod = _importh(name)
136 136 return mod
137 137
138 138
139 139 def _reportimporterror(ui, err, failed, next):
140 140 # note: this ui.log happens before --debug is processed,
141 141 # Use --config ui.debug=1 to see them.
142 142 ui.log(
143 143 b'extension',
144 144 b' - could not import %s (%s): trying %s\n',
145 145 failed,
146 146 stringutil.forcebytestr(err),
147 147 next,
148 148 )
149 149 if ui.debugflag and ui.configbool(b'devel', b'debug.extensions'):
150 150 ui.traceback()
151 151
152 152
153 153 def _rejectunicode(name, xs):
154 154 if isinstance(xs, (list, set, tuple)):
155 155 for x in xs:
156 156 _rejectunicode(name, x)
157 157 elif isinstance(xs, dict):
158 158 for k, v in xs.items():
159 159 _rejectunicode(name, k)
160 160 _rejectunicode(b'%s.%s' % (name, stringutil.forcebytestr(k)), v)
161 161 elif isinstance(xs, type(u'')):
162 162 raise error.ProgrammingError(
163 163 b"unicode %r found in %s" % (xs, name),
164 164 hint=b"use b'' to make it byte string",
165 165 )
166 166
167 167
168 168 # attributes set by registrar.command
169 169 _cmdfuncattrs = (b'norepo', b'optionalrepo', b'inferrepo')
170 170
171 171
172 172 def _validatecmdtable(ui, cmdtable):
173 173 """Check if extension commands have required attributes"""
174 174 for c, e in pycompat.iteritems(cmdtable):
175 175 f = e[0]
176 176 missing = [a for a in _cmdfuncattrs if not util.safehasattr(f, a)]
177 177 if not missing:
178 178 continue
179 179 raise error.ProgrammingError(
180 180 b'missing attributes: %s' % b', '.join(missing),
181 181 hint=b"use @command decorator to register '%s'" % c,
182 182 )
183 183
184 184
185 185 def _validatetables(ui, mod):
186 186 """Sanity check for loadable tables provided by extension module"""
187 187 for t in [b'cmdtable', b'colortable', b'configtable']:
188 188 _rejectunicode(t, getattr(mod, t, {}))
189 189 for t in [
190 190 b'filesetpredicate',
191 191 b'internalmerge',
192 192 b'revsetpredicate',
193 193 b'templatefilter',
194 194 b'templatefunc',
195 195 b'templatekeyword',
196 196 ]:
197 197 o = getattr(mod, t, None)
198 198 if o:
199 199 _rejectunicode(t, o._table)
200 200 _validatecmdtable(ui, getattr(mod, 'cmdtable', {}))
201 201
202 202
203 203 def load(ui, name, path, loadingtime=None):
204 204 if name.startswith(b'hgext.') or name.startswith(b'hgext/'):
205 205 shortname = name[6:]
206 206 else:
207 207 shortname = name
208 208 if shortname in _builtin:
209 209 return None
210 210 if shortname in _extensions:
211 211 return _extensions[shortname]
212 212 ui.log(b'extension', b' - loading extension: %s\n', shortname)
213 213 _extensions[shortname] = None
214 214 with util.timedcm('load extension %s', shortname) as stats:
215 215 mod = _importext(name, path, bind(_reportimporterror, ui))
216 216 ui.log(b'extension', b' > %s extension loaded in %s\n', shortname, stats)
217 217 if loadingtime is not None:
218 218 loadingtime[shortname] += stats.elapsed
219 219
220 220 # Before we do anything with the extension, check against minimum stated
221 221 # compatibility. This gives extension authors a mechanism to have their
222 222 # extensions short circuit when loaded with a known incompatible version
223 223 # of Mercurial.
224 224 minver = getattr(mod, 'minimumhgversion', None)
225 225 if minver:
226 226 curver = util.versiontuple(n=2)
227 227 extmin = util.versiontuple(stringutil.forcebytestr(minver), 2)
228 228
229 229 if None in extmin:
230 230 extmin = (extmin[0] or 0, extmin[1] or 0)
231 231
232 232 if None in curver or extmin > curver:
233 233 msg = _(
234 234 b'(third party extension %s requires version %s or newer '
235 235 b'of Mercurial (current: %s); disabling)\n'
236 236 )
237 237 ui.warn(msg % (shortname, minver, util.version()))
238 238 return
239 239 ui.log(b'extension', b' - validating extension tables: %s\n', shortname)
240 240 _validatetables(ui, mod)
241 241
242 242 _extensions[shortname] = mod
243 243 _order.append(shortname)
244 244 ui.log(
245 245 b'extension', b' - invoking registered callbacks: %s\n', shortname
246 246 )
247 247 with util.timedcm('callbacks extension %s', shortname) as stats:
248 248 for fn in _aftercallbacks.get(shortname, []):
249 249 fn(loaded=True)
250 250 ui.log(b'extension', b' > callbacks completed in %s\n', stats)
251 251 return mod
252 252
253 253
254 254 def _runuisetup(name, ui):
255 255 uisetup = getattr(_extensions[name], 'uisetup', None)
256 256 if uisetup:
257 257 try:
258 258 uisetup(ui)
259 259 except Exception as inst:
260 260 ui.traceback(force=True)
261 261 msg = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)
262 262 ui.warn(_(b"*** failed to set up extension %s: %s\n") % (name, msg))
263 263 return False
264 264 return True
265 265
266 266
267 267 def _runextsetup(name, ui):
268 268 extsetup = getattr(_extensions[name], 'extsetup', None)
269 269 if extsetup:
270 270 try:
271 271 extsetup(ui)
272 272 except Exception as inst:
273 273 ui.traceback(force=True)
274 274 msg = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)
275 275 ui.warn(_(b"*** failed to set up extension %s: %s\n") % (name, msg))
276 276 return False
277 277 return True
278 278
279 279
280 280 def loadall(ui, whitelist=None):
281 281 loadingtime = collections.defaultdict(int)
282 282 result = ui.configitems(b"extensions")
283 283 if whitelist is not None:
284 284 result = [(k, v) for (k, v) in result if k in whitelist]
285 285 result = [(k, v) for (k, v) in result if b':' not in k]
286 286 newindex = len(_order)
287 287 ui.log(
288 288 b'extension',
289 289 b'loading %sextensions\n',
290 290 b'additional ' if newindex else b'',
291 291 )
292 292 ui.log(b'extension', b'- processing %d entries\n', len(result))
293 293 with util.timedcm('load all extensions') as stats:
294 294 for (name, path) in result:
295 295 if path:
296 296 if path[0:1] == b'!':
297 297 if name not in _disabledextensions:
298 298 ui.log(
299 299 b'extension',
300 300 b' - skipping disabled extension: %s\n',
301 301 name,
302 302 )
303 303 _disabledextensions[name] = path[1:]
304 304 continue
305 305 try:
306 306 load(ui, name, path, loadingtime)
307 307 except Exception as inst:
308 308 msg = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)
309 309 if path:
310 310 error_msg = _(
311 311 b'failed to import extension "%s" from %s: %s'
312 312 )
313 313 error_msg %= (name, path, msg)
314 314 else:
315 315 error_msg = _(b'failed to import extension "%s": %s')
316 316 error_msg %= (name, msg)
317
318 ext_options = ui.configsuboptions(b"extensions", name)[1]
319 if stringutil.parsebool(ext_options.get(b"required", b'no')):
320 hint = None
321 if isinstance(inst, error.Hint) and inst.hint:
322 hint = inst.hint
323 if hint is None:
324 hint = _(
325 b"loading of this extension was required, "
326 b"see `hg help config.extensions` for details"
327 )
328 raise error.Abort(error_msg, hint=hint)
329 else:
317 330 ui.warn((b"*** %s\n") % error_msg)
318 331 if isinstance(inst, error.Hint) and inst.hint:
319 332 ui.warn(_(b"*** (%s)\n") % inst.hint)
320 333 ui.traceback()
321 334
322 335 ui.log(
323 336 b'extension',
324 337 b'> loaded %d extensions, total time %s\n',
325 338 len(_order) - newindex,
326 339 stats,
327 340 )
328 341 # list of (objname, loadermod, loadername) tuple:
329 342 # - objname is the name of an object in extension module,
330 343 # from which extra information is loaded
331 344 # - loadermod is the module where loader is placed
332 345 # - loadername is the name of the function,
333 346 # which takes (ui, extensionname, extraobj) arguments
334 347 #
335 348 # This one is for the list of item that must be run before running any setup
336 349 earlyextraloaders = [
337 350 (b'configtable', configitems, b'loadconfigtable'),
338 351 ]
339 352
340 353 ui.log(b'extension', b'- loading configtable attributes\n')
341 354 _loadextra(ui, newindex, earlyextraloaders)
342 355
343 356 broken = set()
344 357 ui.log(b'extension', b'- executing uisetup hooks\n')
345 358 with util.timedcm('all uisetup') as alluisetupstats:
346 359 for name in _order[newindex:]:
347 360 ui.log(b'extension', b' - running uisetup for %s\n', name)
348 361 with util.timedcm('uisetup %s', name) as stats:
349 362 if not _runuisetup(name, ui):
350 363 ui.log(
351 364 b'extension',
352 365 b' - the %s extension uisetup failed\n',
353 366 name,
354 367 )
355 368 broken.add(name)
356 369 ui.log(b'extension', b' > uisetup for %s took %s\n', name, stats)
357 370 loadingtime[name] += stats.elapsed
358 371 ui.log(b'extension', b'> all uisetup took %s\n', alluisetupstats)
359 372
360 373 ui.log(b'extension', b'- executing extsetup hooks\n')
361 374 with util.timedcm('all extsetup') as allextetupstats:
362 375 for name in _order[newindex:]:
363 376 if name in broken:
364 377 continue
365 378 ui.log(b'extension', b' - running extsetup for %s\n', name)
366 379 with util.timedcm('extsetup %s', name) as stats:
367 380 if not _runextsetup(name, ui):
368 381 ui.log(
369 382 b'extension',
370 383 b' - the %s extension extsetup failed\n',
371 384 name,
372 385 )
373 386 broken.add(name)
374 387 ui.log(b'extension', b' > extsetup for %s took %s\n', name, stats)
375 388 loadingtime[name] += stats.elapsed
376 389 ui.log(b'extension', b'> all extsetup took %s\n', allextetupstats)
377 390
378 391 for name in broken:
379 392 ui.log(b'extension', b' - disabling broken %s extension\n', name)
380 393 _extensions[name] = None
381 394
382 395 # Call aftercallbacks that were never met.
383 396 ui.log(b'extension', b'- executing remaining aftercallbacks\n')
384 397 with util.timedcm('aftercallbacks') as stats:
385 398 for shortname in _aftercallbacks:
386 399 if shortname in _extensions:
387 400 continue
388 401
389 402 for fn in _aftercallbacks[shortname]:
390 403 ui.log(
391 404 b'extension',
392 405 b' - extension %s not loaded, notify callbacks\n',
393 406 shortname,
394 407 )
395 408 fn(loaded=False)
396 409 ui.log(b'extension', b'> remaining aftercallbacks completed in %s\n', stats)
397 410
398 411 # loadall() is called multiple times and lingering _aftercallbacks
399 412 # entries could result in double execution. See issue4646.
400 413 _aftercallbacks.clear()
401 414
402 415 # delay importing avoids cyclic dependency (especially commands)
403 416 from . import (
404 417 color,
405 418 commands,
406 419 filemerge,
407 420 fileset,
408 421 revset,
409 422 templatefilters,
410 423 templatefuncs,
411 424 templatekw,
412 425 )
413 426
414 427 # list of (objname, loadermod, loadername) tuple:
415 428 # - objname is the name of an object in extension module,
416 429 # from which extra information is loaded
417 430 # - loadermod is the module where loader is placed
418 431 # - loadername is the name of the function,
419 432 # which takes (ui, extensionname, extraobj) arguments
420 433 ui.log(b'extension', b'- loading extension registration objects\n')
421 434 extraloaders = [
422 435 (b'cmdtable', commands, b'loadcmdtable'),
423 436 (b'colortable', color, b'loadcolortable'),
424 437 (b'filesetpredicate', fileset, b'loadpredicate'),
425 438 (b'internalmerge', filemerge, b'loadinternalmerge'),
426 439 (b'revsetpredicate', revset, b'loadpredicate'),
427 440 (b'templatefilter', templatefilters, b'loadfilter'),
428 441 (b'templatefunc', templatefuncs, b'loadfunction'),
429 442 (b'templatekeyword', templatekw, b'loadkeyword'),
430 443 ]
431 444 with util.timedcm('load registration objects') as stats:
432 445 _loadextra(ui, newindex, extraloaders)
433 446 ui.log(
434 447 b'extension',
435 448 b'> extension registration object loading took %s\n',
436 449 stats,
437 450 )
438 451
439 452 # Report per extension loading time (except reposetup)
440 453 for name in sorted(loadingtime):
441 454 ui.log(
442 455 b'extension',
443 456 b'> extension %s take a total of %s to load\n',
444 457 name,
445 458 util.timecount(loadingtime[name]),
446 459 )
447 460
448 461 ui.log(b'extension', b'extension loading complete\n')
449 462
450 463
451 464 def _loadextra(ui, newindex, extraloaders):
452 465 for name in _order[newindex:]:
453 466 module = _extensions[name]
454 467 if not module:
455 468 continue # loading this module failed
456 469
457 470 for objname, loadermod, loadername in extraloaders:
458 471 extraobj = getattr(module, objname, None)
459 472 if extraobj is not None:
460 473 getattr(loadermod, loadername)(ui, name, extraobj)
461 474
462 475
463 476 def afterloaded(extension, callback):
464 477 """Run the specified function after a named extension is loaded.
465 478
466 479 If the named extension is already loaded, the callback will be called
467 480 immediately.
468 481
469 482 If the named extension never loads, the callback will be called after
470 483 all extensions have been loaded.
471 484
472 485 The callback receives the named argument ``loaded``, which is a boolean
473 486 indicating whether the dependent extension actually loaded.
474 487 """
475 488
476 489 if extension in _extensions:
477 490 # Report loaded as False if the extension is disabled
478 491 loaded = _extensions[extension] is not None
479 492 callback(loaded=loaded)
480 493 else:
481 494 _aftercallbacks.setdefault(extension, []).append(callback)
482 495
483 496
484 497 def populateui(ui):
485 498 """Run extension hooks on the given ui to populate additional members,
486 499 extend the class dynamically, etc.
487 500
488 501 This will be called after the configuration is loaded, and/or extensions
489 502 are loaded. In general, it's once per ui instance, but in command-server
490 503 and hgweb, this may be called more than once with the same ui.
491 504 """
492 505 for name, mod in extensions(ui):
493 506 hook = getattr(mod, 'uipopulate', None)
494 507 if not hook:
495 508 continue
496 509 try:
497 510 hook(ui)
498 511 except Exception as inst:
499 512 ui.traceback(force=True)
500 513 ui.warn(
501 514 _(b'*** failed to populate ui by extension %s: %s\n')
502 515 % (name, stringutil.forcebytestr(inst))
503 516 )
504 517
505 518
506 519 def bind(func, *args):
507 520 """Partial function application
508 521
509 522 Returns a new function that is the partial application of args and kwargs
510 523 to func. For example,
511 524
512 525 f(1, 2, bar=3) === bind(f, 1)(2, bar=3)"""
513 526 assert callable(func)
514 527
515 528 def closure(*a, **kw):
516 529 return func(*(args + a), **kw)
517 530
518 531 return closure
519 532
520 533
521 534 def _updatewrapper(wrap, origfn, unboundwrapper):
522 535 '''Copy and add some useful attributes to wrapper'''
523 536 try:
524 537 wrap.__name__ = origfn.__name__
525 538 except AttributeError:
526 539 pass
527 540 wrap.__module__ = getattr(origfn, '__module__')
528 541 wrap.__doc__ = getattr(origfn, '__doc__')
529 542 wrap.__dict__.update(getattr(origfn, '__dict__', {}))
530 543 wrap._origfunc = origfn
531 544 wrap._unboundwrapper = unboundwrapper
532 545
533 546
534 547 def wrapcommand(table, command, wrapper, synopsis=None, docstring=None):
535 548 '''Wrap the command named `command' in table
536 549
537 550 Replace command in the command table with wrapper. The wrapped command will
538 551 be inserted into the command table specified by the table argument.
539 552
540 553 The wrapper will be called like
541 554
542 555 wrapper(orig, *args, **kwargs)
543 556
544 557 where orig is the original (wrapped) function, and *args, **kwargs
545 558 are the arguments passed to it.
546 559
547 560 Optionally append to the command synopsis and docstring, used for help.
548 561 For example, if your extension wraps the ``bookmarks`` command to add the
549 562 flags ``--remote`` and ``--all`` you might call this function like so:
550 563
551 564 synopsis = ' [-a] [--remote]'
552 565 docstring = """
553 566
554 567 The ``remotenames`` extension adds the ``--remote`` and ``--all`` (``-a``)
555 568 flags to the bookmarks command. Either flag will show the remote bookmarks
556 569 known to the repository; ``--remote`` will also suppress the output of the
557 570 local bookmarks.
558 571 """
559 572
560 573 extensions.wrapcommand(commands.table, 'bookmarks', exbookmarks,
561 574 synopsis, docstring)
562 575 '''
563 576 assert callable(wrapper)
564 577 aliases, entry = cmdutil.findcmd(command, table)
565 578 for alias, e in pycompat.iteritems(table):
566 579 if e is entry:
567 580 key = alias
568 581 break
569 582
570 583 origfn = entry[0]
571 584 wrap = functools.partial(
572 585 util.checksignature(wrapper), util.checksignature(origfn)
573 586 )
574 587 _updatewrapper(wrap, origfn, wrapper)
575 588 if docstring is not None:
576 589 wrap.__doc__ += docstring
577 590
578 591 newentry = list(entry)
579 592 newentry[0] = wrap
580 593 if synopsis is not None:
581 594 newentry[2] += synopsis
582 595 table[key] = tuple(newentry)
583 596 return entry
584 597
585 598
586 599 def wrapfilecache(cls, propname, wrapper):
587 600 """Wraps a filecache property.
588 601
589 602 These can't be wrapped using the normal wrapfunction.
590 603 """
591 604 propname = pycompat.sysstr(propname)
592 605 assert callable(wrapper)
593 606 for currcls in cls.__mro__:
594 607 if propname in currcls.__dict__:
595 608 origfn = currcls.__dict__[propname].func
596 609 assert callable(origfn)
597 610
598 611 def wrap(*args, **kwargs):
599 612 return wrapper(origfn, *args, **kwargs)
600 613
601 614 currcls.__dict__[propname].func = wrap
602 615 break
603 616
604 617 if currcls is object:
605 618 raise AttributeError("type '%s' has no property '%s'" % (cls, propname))
606 619
607 620
608 621 class wrappedfunction(object):
609 622 '''context manager for temporarily wrapping a function'''
610 623
611 624 def __init__(self, container, funcname, wrapper):
612 625 assert callable(wrapper)
613 626 self._container = container
614 627 self._funcname = funcname
615 628 self._wrapper = wrapper
616 629
617 630 def __enter__(self):
618 631 wrapfunction(self._container, self._funcname, self._wrapper)
619 632
620 633 def __exit__(self, exctype, excvalue, traceback):
621 634 unwrapfunction(self._container, self._funcname, self._wrapper)
622 635
623 636
624 637 def wrapfunction(container, funcname, wrapper):
625 638 """Wrap the function named funcname in container
626 639
627 640 Replace the funcname member in the given container with the specified
628 641 wrapper. The container is typically a module, class, or instance.
629 642
630 643 The wrapper will be called like
631 644
632 645 wrapper(orig, *args, **kwargs)
633 646
634 647 where orig is the original (wrapped) function, and *args, **kwargs
635 648 are the arguments passed to it.
636 649
637 650 Wrapping methods of the repository object is not recommended since
638 651 it conflicts with extensions that extend the repository by
639 652 subclassing. All extensions that need to extend methods of
640 653 localrepository should use this subclassing trick: namely,
641 654 reposetup() should look like
642 655
643 656 def reposetup(ui, repo):
644 657 class myrepo(repo.__class__):
645 658 def whatever(self, *args, **kwargs):
646 659 [...extension stuff...]
647 660 super(myrepo, self).whatever(*args, **kwargs)
648 661 [...extension stuff...]
649 662
650 663 repo.__class__ = myrepo
651 664
652 665 In general, combining wrapfunction() with subclassing does not
653 666 work. Since you cannot control what other extensions are loaded by
654 667 your end users, you should play nicely with others by using the
655 668 subclass trick.
656 669 """
657 670 assert callable(wrapper)
658 671
659 672 origfn = getattr(container, funcname)
660 673 assert callable(origfn)
661 674 if inspect.ismodule(container):
662 675 # origfn is not an instance or class method. "partial" can be used.
663 676 # "partial" won't insert a frame in traceback.
664 677 wrap = functools.partial(wrapper, origfn)
665 678 else:
666 679 # "partial" cannot be safely used. Emulate its effect by using "bind".
667 680 # The downside is one more frame in traceback.
668 681 wrap = bind(wrapper, origfn)
669 682 _updatewrapper(wrap, origfn, wrapper)
670 683 setattr(container, funcname, wrap)
671 684 return origfn
672 685
673 686
674 687 def unwrapfunction(container, funcname, wrapper=None):
675 688 """undo wrapfunction
676 689
677 690 If wrappers is None, undo the last wrap. Otherwise removes the wrapper
678 691 from the chain of wrappers.
679 692
680 693 Return the removed wrapper.
681 694 Raise IndexError if wrapper is None and nothing to unwrap; ValueError if
682 695 wrapper is not None but is not found in the wrapper chain.
683 696 """
684 697 chain = getwrapperchain(container, funcname)
685 698 origfn = chain.pop()
686 699 if wrapper is None:
687 700 wrapper = chain[0]
688 701 chain.remove(wrapper)
689 702 setattr(container, funcname, origfn)
690 703 for w in reversed(chain):
691 704 wrapfunction(container, funcname, w)
692 705 return wrapper
693 706
694 707
695 708 def getwrapperchain(container, funcname):
696 709 """get a chain of wrappers of a function
697 710
698 711 Return a list of functions: [newest wrapper, ..., oldest wrapper, origfunc]
699 712
700 713 The wrapper functions are the ones passed to wrapfunction, whose first
701 714 argument is origfunc.
702 715 """
703 716 result = []
704 717 fn = getattr(container, funcname)
705 718 while fn:
706 719 assert callable(fn)
707 720 result.append(getattr(fn, '_unboundwrapper', fn))
708 721 fn = getattr(fn, '_origfunc', None)
709 722 return result
710 723
711 724
712 725 def _disabledpaths():
713 726 '''find paths of disabled extensions. returns a dict of {name: path}'''
714 727 import hgext
715 728
716 729 # The hgext might not have a __file__ attribute (e.g. in PyOxidizer) and
717 730 # it might not be on a filesystem even if it does.
718 731 if util.safehasattr(hgext, '__file__'):
719 732 extpath = os.path.dirname(
720 733 util.abspath(pycompat.fsencode(hgext.__file__))
721 734 )
722 735 try:
723 736 files = os.listdir(extpath)
724 737 except OSError:
725 738 return {}
726 739 else:
727 740 return {}
728 741
729 742 exts = {}
730 743 for e in files:
731 744 if e.endswith(b'.py'):
732 745 name = e.rsplit(b'.', 1)[0]
733 746 path = os.path.join(extpath, e)
734 747 else:
735 748 name = e
736 749 path = os.path.join(extpath, e, b'__init__.py')
737 750 if not os.path.exists(path):
738 751 continue
739 752 if name in exts or name in _order or name == b'__init__':
740 753 continue
741 754 exts[name] = path
742 755 for name, path in pycompat.iteritems(_disabledextensions):
743 756 # If no path was provided for a disabled extension (e.g. "color=!"),
744 757 # don't replace the path we already found by the scan above.
745 758 if path:
746 759 exts[name] = path
747 760 return exts
748 761
749 762
750 763 def _moduledoc(file):
751 764 """return the top-level python documentation for the given file
752 765
753 766 Loosely inspired by pydoc.source_synopsis(), but rewritten to
754 767 handle triple quotes and to return the whole text instead of just
755 768 the synopsis"""
756 769 result = []
757 770
758 771 line = file.readline()
759 772 while line[:1] == b'#' or not line.strip():
760 773 line = file.readline()
761 774 if not line:
762 775 break
763 776
764 777 start = line[:3]
765 778 if start == b'"""' or start == b"'''":
766 779 line = line[3:]
767 780 while line:
768 781 if line.rstrip().endswith(start):
769 782 line = line.split(start)[0]
770 783 if line:
771 784 result.append(line)
772 785 break
773 786 elif not line:
774 787 return None # unmatched delimiter
775 788 result.append(line)
776 789 line = file.readline()
777 790 else:
778 791 return None
779 792
780 793 return b''.join(result)
781 794
782 795
783 796 def _disabledhelp(path):
784 797 '''retrieve help synopsis of a disabled extension (without importing)'''
785 798 try:
786 799 with open(path, b'rb') as src:
787 800 doc = _moduledoc(src)
788 801 except IOError:
789 802 return
790 803
791 804 if doc: # extracting localized synopsis
792 805 return gettext(doc)
793 806 else:
794 807 return _(b'(no help text available)')
795 808
796 809
797 810 def disabled():
798 811 '''find disabled extensions from hgext. returns a dict of {name: desc}'''
799 812 try:
800 813 from hgext import __index__ # pytype: disable=import-error
801 814
802 815 return {
803 816 name: gettext(desc)
804 817 for name, desc in pycompat.iteritems(__index__.docs)
805 818 if name not in _order
806 819 }
807 820 except (ImportError, AttributeError):
808 821 pass
809 822
810 823 paths = _disabledpaths()
811 824 if not paths:
812 825 return {}
813 826
814 827 exts = {}
815 828 for name, path in pycompat.iteritems(paths):
816 829 doc = _disabledhelp(path)
817 830 if doc and name != b'__index__':
818 831 exts[name] = doc.splitlines()[0]
819 832
820 833 return exts
821 834
822 835
823 836 def disabled_help(name):
824 837 """Obtain the full help text for a disabled extension, or None."""
825 838 paths = _disabledpaths()
826 839 if name in paths:
827 840 return _disabledhelp(paths[name])
828 841
829 842
830 843 def _walkcommand(node):
831 844 """Scan @command() decorators in the tree starting at node"""
832 845 todo = collections.deque([node])
833 846 while todo:
834 847 node = todo.popleft()
835 848 if not isinstance(node, ast.FunctionDef):
836 849 todo.extend(ast.iter_child_nodes(node))
837 850 continue
838 851 for d in node.decorator_list:
839 852 if not isinstance(d, ast.Call):
840 853 continue
841 854 if not isinstance(d.func, ast.Name):
842 855 continue
843 856 if d.func.id != 'command':
844 857 continue
845 858 yield d
846 859
847 860
848 861 def _disabledcmdtable(path):
849 862 """Construct a dummy command table without loading the extension module
850 863
851 864 This may raise IOError or SyntaxError.
852 865 """
853 866 with open(path, b'rb') as src:
854 867 root = ast.parse(src.read(), path)
855 868 cmdtable = {}
856 869 for node in _walkcommand(root):
857 870 if not node.args:
858 871 continue
859 872 a = node.args[0]
860 873 if isinstance(a, ast.Str):
861 874 name = pycompat.sysbytes(a.s)
862 875 elif pycompat.ispy3 and isinstance(a, ast.Bytes):
863 876 name = a.s
864 877 else:
865 878 continue
866 879 cmdtable[name] = (None, [], b'')
867 880 return cmdtable
868 881
869 882
870 883 def _finddisabledcmd(ui, cmd, name, path, strict):
871 884 try:
872 885 cmdtable = _disabledcmdtable(path)
873 886 except (IOError, SyntaxError):
874 887 return
875 888 try:
876 889 aliases, entry = cmdutil.findcmd(cmd, cmdtable, strict)
877 890 except (error.AmbiguousCommand, error.UnknownCommand):
878 891 return
879 892 for c in aliases:
880 893 if c.startswith(cmd):
881 894 cmd = c
882 895 break
883 896 else:
884 897 cmd = aliases[0]
885 898 doc = _disabledhelp(path)
886 899 return (cmd, name, doc)
887 900
888 901
889 902 def disabledcmd(ui, cmd, strict=False):
890 903 """find cmd from disabled extensions without importing.
891 904 returns (cmdname, extname, doc)"""
892 905
893 906 paths = _disabledpaths()
894 907 if not paths:
895 908 raise error.UnknownCommand(cmd)
896 909
897 910 ext = None
898 911 # first, search for an extension with the same name as the command
899 912 path = paths.pop(cmd, None)
900 913 if path:
901 914 ext = _finddisabledcmd(ui, cmd, cmd, path, strict=strict)
902 915 if not ext:
903 916 # otherwise, interrogate each extension until there's a match
904 917 for name, path in pycompat.iteritems(paths):
905 918 ext = _finddisabledcmd(ui, cmd, name, path, strict=strict)
906 919 if ext:
907 920 break
908 921 if ext:
909 922 return ext
910 923
911 924 raise error.UnknownCommand(cmd)
912 925
913 926
914 927 def enabled(shortname=True):
915 928 '''return a dict of {name: desc} of extensions'''
916 929 exts = {}
917 930 for ename, ext in extensions():
918 931 doc = gettext(ext.__doc__) or _(b'(no help text available)')
919 932 assert doc is not None # help pytype
920 933 if shortname:
921 934 ename = ename.split(b'.')[-1]
922 935 exts[ename] = doc.splitlines()[0].strip()
923 936
924 937 return exts
925 938
926 939
927 940 def notloaded():
928 941 '''return short names of extensions that failed to load'''
929 942 return [
930 943 name for name, mod in pycompat.iteritems(_extensions) if mod is None
931 944 ]
932 945
933 946
934 947 def moduleversion(module):
935 948 '''return version information from given module as a string'''
936 949 if util.safehasattr(module, b'getversion') and callable(module.getversion):
937 950 try:
938 951 version = module.getversion()
939 952 except Exception:
940 953 version = b'unknown'
941 954
942 955 elif util.safehasattr(module, b'__version__'):
943 956 version = module.__version__
944 957 else:
945 958 version = b''
946 959 if isinstance(version, (list, tuple)):
947 960 version = b'.'.join(pycompat.bytestr(o) for o in version)
948 961 else:
949 962 # version data should be bytes, but not all extensions are ported
950 963 # to py3.
951 964 version = stringutil.forcebytestr(version)
952 965 return version
953 966
954 967
955 968 def ismoduleinternal(module):
956 969 exttestedwith = getattr(module, 'testedwith', None)
957 970 return exttestedwith == b"ships-with-hg-core"
@@ -1,3120 +1,3131 b''
1 1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 2 aspects of its behavior.
3 3
4 4 Troubleshooting
5 5 ===============
6 6
7 7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
9 9 a setting into your environment.
10 10
11 11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 12 for information about how and where to override things.
13 13
14 14 Structure
15 15 =========
16 16
17 17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20 20
21 21 [ui]
22 22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 23 verbose = True
24 24
25 25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27 27
28 28 Files
29 29 =====
30 30
31 31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34 34
35 35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36 36
37 37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38 38
39 39 .. container:: windows
40 40
41 41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42 42
43 43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44 44
45 45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46 46
47 47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 51 ones.
52 52
53 53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54 54
55 55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56 56
57 57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66 66
67 67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68 68
69 69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70 70
71 71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84 84
85 85 .. note::
86 86
87 87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89 89
90 90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91 91
92 92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93 93
94 94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102 102
103 103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107 107
108 108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109 109
110 110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113 113
114 114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 117 options.
118 118
119 119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122 122
123 123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124 124
125 125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 128 directory.
129 129
130 130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137 137
138 138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 141 override per-installation options.
142 142
143 143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 148 there.
149 149
150 150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
151 151 shares will read config file of share source too.
152 152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
153 153
154 154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
155 155 should be used.
156 156
157 157 Syntax
158 158 ======
159 159
160 160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
161 161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
162 162 ``configuration keys``)::
163 163
164 164 [spam]
165 165 eggs=ham
166 166 green=
167 167 eggs
168 168
169 169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
170 170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
171 171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
172 172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
173 173
174 174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
175 175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
176 176
177 177 [spam]
178 178 eggs=large
179 179 ham=serrano
180 180 eggs=small
181 181
182 182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
183 183
184 184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
185 185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
186 186 example::
187 187
188 188 [foo]
189 189 eggs=large
190 190 ham=serrano
191 191 eggs=small
192 192
193 193 [bar]
194 194 eggs=ham
195 195 green=
196 196 eggs
197 197
198 198 [foo]
199 199 ham=prosciutto
200 200 eggs=medium
201 201 bread=toasted
202 202
203 203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
204 204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
205 205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
206 206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
207 207
208 208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
209 209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
210 210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
211 211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
212 212 above.
213 213
214 214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
215 215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
216 216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
217 217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
218 218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
219 219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
220 220
221 221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
222 222
223 223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
224 224
225 225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
226 226 section, if it has been set previously.
227 227
228 228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
229 229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
230 230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
231 231 (all case insensitive).
232 232
233 233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
234 234 placed in double quotation marks::
235 235
236 236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
237 237
238 238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
239 239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
240 240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
241 241
242 242 Sections
243 243 ========
244 244
245 245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
246 246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
247 247 keys, and their possible values.
248 248
249 249 ``alias``
250 250 ---------
251 251
252 252 Defines command aliases.
253 253
254 254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
255 255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
256 256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
257 257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
258 258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
259 259 command to be executed.
260 260
261 261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
262 262
263 263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
264 264
265 265 For example, this definition::
266 266
267 267 latest = log --limit 5
268 268
269 269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
270 270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
271 271
272 272 stable5 = latest -b stable
273 273
274 274 .. note::
275 275
276 276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
277 277 existing commands, which will then override the original
278 278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
279 279
280 280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
281 281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
282 282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
283 283
284 284 echo = !echo $@
285 285
286 286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
287 287 terminal. A better example might be::
288 288
289 289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
290 290
291 291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
292 292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
293 293
294 294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
295 295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
296 296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
297 297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
298 298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
299 299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
300 300
301 301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
302 302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
303 303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
304 304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
305 305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
306 306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
307 307
308 308 .. note::
309 309
310 310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
311 311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
312 312 aliases.
313 313
314 314
315 315 ``annotate``
316 316 ------------
317 317
318 318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
319 319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
320 320 related options for the diff command.
321 321
322 322 ``ignorews``
323 323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
324 324
325 325 ``ignorewseol``
326 326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
327 327
328 328 ``ignorewsamount``
329 329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
330 330
331 331 ``ignoreblanklines``
332 332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
333 333
334 334
335 335 ``auth``
336 336 --------
337 337
338 338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
339 339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
340 340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
341 341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
342 342 your HTTP server.
343 343
344 344 The following options apply to all hosts.
345 345
346 346 ``cookiefile``
347 347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
348 348 host will be sent automatically.
349 349
350 350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
351 351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
352 352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
353 353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
354 354 format."
355 355
356 356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
357 357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
358 358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
359 359
360 360 The cookies file is read-only.
361 361
362 362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
363 363 format::
364 364
365 365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
366 366
367 367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
368 368 entries. Example::
369 369
370 370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
371 371 foo.username = foo
372 372 foo.password = bar
373 373 foo.schemes = http https
374 374
375 375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
376 376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
377 377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
378 378 bar.schemes = https
379 379
380 380 Supported arguments:
381 381
382 382 ``prefix``
383 383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
384 384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
385 385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
386 386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
387 387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
388 388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
389 389
390 390 ``username``
391 391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
392 392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
393 393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
394 394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
395 395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
396 396 username or without a username will be considered.
397 397
398 398 ``password``
399 399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
400 400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
401 401 will be prompted for it.
402 402
403 403 ``key``
404 404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
405 405 variables are expanded in the filename.
406 406
407 407 ``cert``
408 408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
409 409 variables are expanded in the filename.
410 410
411 411 ``schemes``
412 412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
413 413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
414 414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
415 415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
416 416 (default: https)
417 417
418 418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
419 419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
420 420
421 421 ``cmdserver``
422 422 -------------
423 423
424 424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
425 425
426 426 ``message-encodings``
427 427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
428 428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
429 429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
430 430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
431 431
432 432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
433 433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
434 434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
435 435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
436 436 process gracefully.
437 437 (default: True)
438 438
439 439 ``color``
440 440 ---------
441 441
442 442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
443 443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
444 444
445 445 ``mode``
446 446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
447 447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
448 448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
449 449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
450 450
451 451 ``pagermode``
452 452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
453 453
454 454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
455 455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
456 456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
457 457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
458 458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
459 459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
460 460 codes).
461 461
462 462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
463 463 a different color mode than the pager program.
464 464
465 465 ``commands``
466 466 ------------
467 467
468 468 ``commit.post-status``
469 469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
470 470 (default: False)
471 471
472 472 ``merge.require-rev``
473 473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
474 474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
475 475 command aborts.
476 476 (default: False)
477 477
478 478 ``push.require-revs``
479 479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
480 480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
481 481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
482 482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
483 483 command aborts.
484 484 (default: False)
485 485
486 486 ``resolve.confirm``
487 487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
488 488 (default: False)
489 489
490 490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
491 491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
492 492 instead of re-merging files by default.
493 493 (default: False)
494 494
495 495 ``resolve.mark-check``
496 496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
497 497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
498 498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
499 499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
500 500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
501 501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
502 502 shown (an error will not be raised).
503 503 (default: ``none``)
504 504
505 505 ``status.relative``
506 506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
507 507 (default: False)
508 508
509 509 ``status.terse``
510 510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
511 511 (default: empty)
512 512
513 513 ``update.check``
514 514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
515 515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
516 516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
517 517 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
518 518 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
519 519 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
520 520 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
521 521 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
522 522 are present.
523 523 (default: ``linear``)
524 524
525 525 ``update.requiredest``
526 526 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
527 527 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
528 528 will be disallowed.
529 529 (default: False)
530 530
531 531 ``committemplate``
532 532 ------------------
533 533
534 534 ``changeset``
535 535 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
536 536 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
537 537
538 538 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
539 539 below can be used for customization:
540 540
541 541 ``extramsg``
542 542 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
543 543 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
544 544
545 545 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
546 546 one shown by default::
547 547
548 548 [committemplate]
549 549 changeset = {desc}\n\n
550 550 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
551 551 HG: {extramsg}
552 552 HG: --
553 553 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
554 554 "HG: branch merge\n")
555 555 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
556 556 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
557 557 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
558 558 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
559 559 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
560 560 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
561 561 "HG: no files changed\n")}
562 562
563 563 ``diff()``
564 564 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
565 565
566 566 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
567 567 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
568 568 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
569 569 it::
570 570
571 571 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
572 572
573 573 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
574 574 extra message::
575 575
576 576 [committemplate]
577 577 changeset = {desc}\n\n
578 578 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
579 579 HG: {extramsg}
580 580 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
581 581 HG: Do not touch the line above.
582 582 HG: Everything below will be removed.
583 583 {diff()}
584 584
585 585 .. note::
586 586
587 587 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
588 588 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
589 589 avoid showing broken characters.
590 590
591 591 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
592 592 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
593 593 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
594 594 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
595 595
596 596 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
597 597 required):
598 598
599 599 - :hg:`backout`
600 600 - :hg:`commit`
601 601 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
602 602 - :hg:`graft`
603 603 - :hg:`histedit`
604 604 - :hg:`import`
605 605 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
606 606 - :hg:`rebase`
607 607 - :hg:`shelve`
608 608 - :hg:`sign`
609 609 - :hg:`tag`
610 610 - :hg:`transplant`
611 611
612 612 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
613 613 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
614 614 messages for each action.
615 615
616 616 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
617 617 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
618 618 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
619 619 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
620 620 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
621 621 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
622 622 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
623 623 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
624 624 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
625 625 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
626 626 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
627 627 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
628 628 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
629 629 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
630 630 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
631 631 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
632 632 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
633 633 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
634 634 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
635 635 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
636 636 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
637 637 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
638 638 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
639 639 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
640 640 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
641 641 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
642 642
643 643 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
644 644 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
645 645 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
646 646 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
647 647
648 648 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
649 649 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
650 650 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
651 651 variable.
652 652
653 653 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
654 654 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
655 655 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
656 656
657 657 [committemplate]
658 658 listupfiles = {file_adds %
659 659 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
660 660 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
661 661 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
662 662 "HG: no files changed\n")}
663 663
664 664 ``decode/encode``
665 665 -----------------
666 666
667 667 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
668 668 typically be used for newline processing or other
669 669 localization/canonicalization of files.
670 670
671 671 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
672 672 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
673 673 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
674 674 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
675 675 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
676 676 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
677 677
678 678 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
679 679 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
680 680
681 681 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
682 682 data on stdout.
683 683
684 684 Pipe example::
685 685
686 686 [encode]
687 687 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
688 688 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
689 689 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
690 690
691 691 [decode]
692 692 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
693 693 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
694 694 *.gz = gzip
695 695
696 696 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
697 697 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
698 698 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
699 699 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
700 700 the command.
701 701
702 702 .. container:: windows
703 703
704 704 .. note::
705 705
706 706 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
707 707 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
708 708 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
709 709
710 710 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
711 711 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
712 712 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
713 713
714 714
715 715 ``defaults``
716 716 ------------
717 717
718 718 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
719 719
720 720 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
721 721 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
722 722
723 723 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
724 724 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
725 725
726 726 [defaults]
727 727 log = -v
728 728 status = -m
729 729
730 730 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
731 731 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
732 732 to the aliases of the commands defined.
733 733
734 734
735 735 ``diff``
736 736 --------
737 737
738 738 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
739 739 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
740 740 for related options for the annotate command.
741 741
742 742 ``git``
743 743 Use git extended diff format.
744 744
745 745 ``nobinary``
746 746 Omit git binary patches.
747 747
748 748 ``nodates``
749 749 Don't include dates in diff headers.
750 750
751 751 ``noprefix``
752 752 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
753 753
754 754 ``showfunc``
755 755 Show which function each change is in.
756 756
757 757 ``ignorews``
758 758 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
759 759
760 760 ``ignorewsamount``
761 761 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
762 762
763 763 ``ignoreblanklines``
764 764 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
765 765
766 766 ``unified``
767 767 Number of lines of context to show.
768 768
769 769 ``word-diff``
770 770 Highlight changed words.
771 771
772 772 ``email``
773 773 ---------
774 774
775 775 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
776 776
777 777 ``from``
778 778 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
779 779 of outgoing messages.
780 780
781 781 ``to``
782 782 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
783 783
784 784 ``cc``
785 785 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
786 786 email addresses.
787 787
788 788 ``bcc``
789 789 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
790 790 email addresses.
791 791
792 792 ``method``
793 793 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
794 794 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
795 795 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
796 796 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
797 797 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
798 798 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
799 799
800 800 ``charsets``
801 801 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
802 802 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
803 803 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
804 804 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
805 805 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
806 806 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
807 807 (default: '')
808 808
809 809 Order of outgoing email character sets:
810 810
811 811 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
812 812 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
813 813 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
814 814 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
815 815 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
816 816
817 817 Email example::
818 818
819 819 [email]
820 820 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
821 821 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
822 822 # charsets for western Europeans
823 823 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
824 824 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
825 825
826 826
827 827 ``extensions``
828 828 --------------
829 829
830 830 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
831 831 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
832 832
833 833 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
834 834 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
835 835 after the ``=``.
836 836
837 837 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
838 838 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
839 839 defines the extension.
840 840
841 841 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
842 842 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
843 843 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
844 844
845 845 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
846 846
847 847 [extensions]
848 848 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
849 849 churn =
850 850 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
851 851 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
852 852
853 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
854 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
855 suboption in the config::
856
857 [extensions]
858 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
859 myfeature:required = yes
860
861 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
862 invocation.
863
853 864
854 865 ``format``
855 866 ----------
856 867
857 868 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
858 869 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
859 870 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
860 871 for config changes to be taken into account.
861 872
862 873 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
863 874 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
864 875
865 876 ``usegeneraldelta``
866 877 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
867 878 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
868 879 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
869 880 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
870 881
871 882 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
872 883
873 884 Enabled by default.
874 885
875 886 ``dotencode``
876 887 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
877 888 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
878 889 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
879 890 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
880 891
881 892 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
882 893
883 894 Enabled by default.
884 895
885 896 ``usefncache``
886 897 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
887 898 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
888 899 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
889 900 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
890 901
891 902 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
892 903
893 904 Enabled by default.
894 905
895 906 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
896 907 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
897 908 performance if the rust extensions are available.
898 909
899 910 The "persistence-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
900 911 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
901 912 significantly reduce the startup cost of various local and server-side
902 913 operation for larger repository.
903 914
904 915 The performance improving version of this feature is currently only
905 916 implemented in Rust, so people not using a version of Mercurial compiled
906 917 with the Rust part might actually suffer some slowdown. For this reason,
907 918 Such version will by default refuse to access such repositories. That
908 919 behavior can be controlled by configuration. Check
909 920 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
910 921
911 922 Repository with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.4 or above.
912 923
913 924 By default this format variant is disabled if fast implementation is not
914 925 available and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
915 926
916 927 To accomodate install of Mercurial without the fast implementation you can
917 928 downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
918 929
919 930 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
920 931 --run \
921 932 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
922 933 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
923 934
924 935 ``use-share-safe``
925 936 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
926 937
927 938 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
928 939
929 940 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
930 941 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
931 942 (except the working copy specific one).
932 943
933 944 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
934 945
935 946 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
936 947 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
937 948 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
938 949 ignoring important hooks.
939 950
940 951 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
941 952 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
942 953 is resolved. See :hg:`help config share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
943 954 :hg:`help config share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
944 955
945 956 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
946 957
947 958 Disabled by default.
948 959
949 960 ``usestore``
950 961 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
951 962 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
952 963 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
953 964 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
954 965
955 966 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
956 967
957 968 Enabled by default.
958 969
959 970 ``sparse-revlog``
960 971 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
961 972 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
962 973 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
963 974 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
964 975
965 976 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
966 977
967 978 Enabled by default.
968 979
969 980 ``revlog-compression``
970 981 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
971 982 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
972 983 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
973 984 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
974 985 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
975 986
976 987 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
977 988
978 989 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
979 990
980 991 ``bookmarks-in-store``
981 992 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
982 993 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
983 994
984 995 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
985 996
986 997 Disabled by default.
987 998
988 999
989 1000 ``graph``
990 1001 ---------
991 1002
992 1003 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
993 1004 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
994 1005 ``default`` branch stand out.
995 1006
996 1007 Each line has the following format::
997 1008
998 1009 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
999 1010
1000 1011 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1001 1012 customized. Example::
1002 1013
1003 1014 [graph]
1004 1015 # 2px width
1005 1016 default.width = 2
1006 1017 # red color
1007 1018 default.color = FF0000
1008 1019
1009 1020 Supported arguments:
1010 1021
1011 1022 ``width``
1012 1023 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1013 1024
1014 1025 ``color``
1015 1026 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1016 1027
1017 1028 ``hooks``
1018 1029 ---------
1019 1030
1020 1031 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1021 1032 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1022 1033 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1023 1034 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1024 1035 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1025 1036 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1026 1037 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1027 1038
1028 1039 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1029 1040
1030 1041 [hooks]
1031 1042 # update working directory after adding changesets
1032 1043 changegroup.update = hg update
1033 1044 # do not use the site-wide hook
1034 1045 incoming =
1035 1046 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1036 1047 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1037 1048 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1038 1049 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1039 1050 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1040 1051 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1041 1052 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1042 1053 # HGPLAIN never set
1043 1054 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1044 1055 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1045 1056 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1046 1057
1047 1058 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1048 1059 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1049 1060 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1050 1061 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1051 1062 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1052 1063 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1053 1064 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1054 1065
1055 1066 .. container:: windows
1056 1067
1057 1068 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1058 1069 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1059 1070 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1060 1071 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1061 1072 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1062 1073 double quotes after processing.
1063 1074
1064 1075 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1065 1076 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1066 1077
1067 1078 [hooks]
1068 1079 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1069 1080 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1070 1081 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1071 1082
1072 1083 ``changegroup``
1073 1084 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1074 1085 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1075 1086 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1076 1087
1077 1088 ``commit``
1078 1089 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1079 1090 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1080 1091 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1081 1092
1082 1093 ``incoming``
1083 1094 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1084 1095 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1085 1096 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1086 1097
1087 1098 ``outgoing``
1088 1099 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1089 1100 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1090 1101 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1091 1102
1092 1103 ``post-<command>``
1093 1104 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1094 1105 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1095 1106 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1096 1107 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1097 1108 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1098 1109 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1099 1110 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1100 1111
1101 1112 ``fail-<command>``
1102 1113 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1103 1114 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1104 1115 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1105 1116 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1106 1117 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1107 1118 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1108 1119 Hook failure is ignored.
1109 1120
1110 1121 ``pre-<command>``
1111 1122 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1112 1123 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1113 1124 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1114 1125 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1115 1126 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1116 1127 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1117 1128 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1118 1129 code.
1119 1130
1120 1131 ``prechangegroup``
1121 1132 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1122 1133 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1123 1134 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1124 1135 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1125 1136
1126 1137 ``precommit``
1127 1138 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1128 1139 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1129 1140 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1130 1141
1131 1142 ``prelistkeys``
1132 1143 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1133 1144 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1134 1145 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1135 1146
1136 1147 ``preoutgoing``
1137 1148 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1138 1149 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1139 1150 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1140 1151 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1141 1152 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1142 1153 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1143 1154 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1144 1155 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1145 1156
1146 1157 ``prepushkey``
1147 1158 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1148 1159 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1149 1160 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1150 1161 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1151 1162 ``$HG_NEW``.
1152 1163
1153 1164 ``pretag``
1154 1165 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1155 1166 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1156 1167 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1157 1168 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1158 1169
1159 1170 ``pretxnopen``
1160 1171 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1161 1172 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1162 1173 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1163 1174 transaction from being opened.
1164 1175
1165 1176 ``pretxnclose``
1166 1177 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1167 1178 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1168 1179 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1169 1180 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1170 1181 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1171 1182 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1172 1183 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1173 1184 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1174 1185 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1175 1186 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1176 1187 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1177 1188 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1178 1189
1179 1190 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1180 1191 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1181 1192 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1182 1193 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1183 1194 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1184 1195 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1185 1196 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1186 1197 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1187 1198 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1188 1199 will be empty.
1189 1200 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1190 1201 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1191 1202 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1192 1203
1193 1204 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1194 1205 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1195 1206 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1196 1207 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1197 1208 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1198 1209 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1199 1210 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1200 1211 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1201 1212 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1202 1213 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1203 1214 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1204 1215 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1205 1216
1206 1217 ``txnclose``
1207 1218 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1208 1219 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1209 1220 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1210 1221 details about available variables.
1211 1222
1212 1223 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1213 1224 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1214 1225 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1215 1226 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1216 1227 about available variables.
1217 1228
1218 1229 ``txnclose-phase``
1219 1230 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1220 1231 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1221 1232 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1222 1233 available variables.
1223 1234
1224 1235 ``txnabort``
1225 1236 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1226 1237 for details about available variables.
1227 1238
1228 1239 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1229 1240 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1230 1241 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1231 1242 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1232 1243 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1233 1244 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1234 1245 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1235 1246 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1236 1247
1237 1248 ``pretxncommit``
1238 1249 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1239 1250 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1240 1251 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1241 1252 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1242 1253 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1243 1254 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1244 1255
1245 1256 ``preupdate``
1246 1257 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1247 1258 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1248 1259 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1249 1260 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1250 1261
1251 1262 ``listkeys``
1252 1263 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1253 1264 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1254 1265 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1255 1266
1256 1267 ``pushkey``
1257 1268 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1258 1269 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1259 1270 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1260 1271 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1261 1272
1262 1273 ``tag``
1263 1274 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1264 1275 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1265 1276 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1266 1277
1267 1278 ``update``
1268 1279 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1269 1280 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1270 1281 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1271 1282 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1272 1283
1273 1284 .. note::
1274 1285
1275 1286 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1276 1287 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1277 1288 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1278 1289 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1279 1290 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1280 1291
1281 1292 .. note::
1282 1293
1283 1294 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1284 1295 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1285 1296 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1286 1297 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1287 1298
1288 1299 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1289 1300
1290 1301 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1291 1302 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1292 1303
1293 1304 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1294 1305 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1295 1306 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1296 1307 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1297 1308 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1298 1309 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1299 1310
1300 1311 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1301 1312 is treated as a failure.
1302 1313
1303 1314
1304 1315 ``hostfingerprints``
1305 1316 --------------------
1306 1317
1307 1318 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1308 1319
1309 1320 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1310 1321
1311 1322 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1312 1323 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1313 1324 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1314 1325
1315 1326 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1316 1327 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1317 1328 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1318 1329 to a new certificate.
1319 1330
1320 1331 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1321 1332
1322 1333 For example::
1323 1334
1324 1335 [hostfingerprints]
1325 1336 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1326 1337 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1327 1338
1328 1339 ``hostsecurity``
1329 1340 ----------------
1330 1341
1331 1342 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1332 1343 other machines.
1333 1344
1334 1345 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1335 1346
1336 1347 ``ciphers``
1337 1348 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1338 1349
1339 1350 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1340 1351 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1341 1352
1342 1353 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1343 1354 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1344 1355 You have been warned.
1345 1356
1346 1357 This option requires Python 2.7.
1347 1358
1348 1359 ``minimumprotocol``
1349 1360 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1350 1361
1351 1362 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1352 1363 is used.
1353 1364
1354 1365 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1355 1366
1356 1367 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1357 1368 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1358 1369
1359 1370 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1360 1371 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1361 1372 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1362 1373 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1363 1374
1364 1375 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1365 1376 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1366 1377 per-host basis.
1367 1378
1368 1379 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1369 1380
1370 1381 ``ciphers``
1371 1382 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1372 1383 to the host on which it is defined.
1373 1384
1374 1385 ``fingerprints``
1375 1386 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1376 1387 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1377 1388 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1378 1389 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1379 1390
1380 1391 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1381 1392 ``sha512``.
1382 1393
1383 1394 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1384 1395
1385 1396 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1386 1397 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1387 1398 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1388 1399 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1389 1400 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1390 1401 at the expense of convenience.
1391 1402
1392 1403 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1393 1404
1394 1405 ``minimumprotocol``
1395 1406 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1396 1407 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1397 1408
1398 1409 ``verifycertsfile``
1399 1410 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1400 1411 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1401 1412 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1402 1413
1403 1414 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1404 1415 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1405 1416 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1406 1417
1407 1418 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1408 1419 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1409 1420 used.
1410 1421
1411 1422 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1412 1423 is set.
1413 1424
1414 1425 The format of the file is as follows::
1415 1426
1416 1427 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1417 1428 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1418 1429 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1419 1430 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1420 1431 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1421 1432 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1422 1433
1423 1434 For example::
1424 1435
1425 1436 [hostsecurity]
1426 1437 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1427 1438 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1428 1439 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1429 1440 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1430 1441
1431 1442 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1432 1443 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1433 1444
1434 1445 [hostsecurity]
1435 1446 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1436 1447 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1437 1448
1438 1449 ``http_proxy``
1439 1450 --------------
1440 1451
1441 1452 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1442 1453 proxy.
1443 1454
1444 1455 ``host``
1445 1456 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1446 1457 "myproxy:8000".
1447 1458
1448 1459 ``no``
1449 1460 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1450 1461 the proxy.
1451 1462
1452 1463 ``passwd``
1453 1464 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1454 1465
1455 1466 ``user``
1456 1467 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1457 1468
1458 1469 ``always``
1459 1470 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1460 1471 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1461 1472
1462 1473 ``http``
1463 1474 ----------
1464 1475
1465 1476 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1466 1477
1467 1478 ``timeout``
1468 1479 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1469 1480 (default: None)
1470 1481
1471 1482 ``merge``
1472 1483 ---------
1473 1484
1474 1485 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1475 1486
1476 1487 ``checkignored``
1477 1488 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1478 1489 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1479 1490 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1480 1491 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1481 1492 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1482 1493 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1483 1494
1484 1495 ``checkunknown``
1485 1496 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1486 1497 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1487 1498 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1488 1499 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1489 1500
1490 1501 ``on-failure``
1491 1502 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1492 1503 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1493 1504 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1494 1505 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1495 1506 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1496 1507 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1497 1508 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1498 1509 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1499 1510 (default: ``continue``)
1500 1511
1501 1512 ``strict-capability-check``
1502 1513 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1503 1514 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1504 1515 (default: False)
1505 1516
1506 1517 ``merge-patterns``
1507 1518 ------------------
1508 1519
1509 1520 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1510 1521 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1511 1522 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1512 1523 root.
1513 1524
1514 1525 Example::
1515 1526
1516 1527 [merge-patterns]
1517 1528 **.c = kdiff3
1518 1529 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1519 1530
1520 1531 ``merge-tools``
1521 1532 ---------------
1522 1533
1523 1534 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1524 1535 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1525 1536 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1526 1537 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1527 1538
1528 1539 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1529 1540
1530 1541 [merge-tools]
1531 1542 # Override stock tool location
1532 1543 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1533 1544 # Specify command line
1534 1545 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1535 1546 # Give higher priority
1536 1547 kdiff3.priority = 1
1537 1548
1538 1549 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1539 1550 meld.priority = 0
1540 1551
1541 1552 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1542 1553 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1543 1554
1544 1555 # Define new tool
1545 1556 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1546 1557 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1547 1558 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1548 1559
1549 1560 Supported arguments:
1550 1561
1551 1562 ``priority``
1552 1563 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1553 1564 (default: 0)
1554 1565
1555 1566 ``executable``
1556 1567 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1557 1568
1558 1569 .. container:: windows
1559 1570
1560 1571 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1561 1572 syntax.
1562 1573
1563 1574 (default: the tool name)
1564 1575
1565 1576 ``args``
1566 1577 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1567 1578 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1568 1579 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1569 1580
1570 1581 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1571 1582 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1572 1583 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1573 1584 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1574 1585 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1575 1586
1576 1587 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1577 1588 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1578 1589 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1579 1590 respectively.
1580 1591 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1581 1592
1582 1593 ``premerge``
1583 1594 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1584 1595 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1585 1596 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1586 1597 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1587 1598 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1588 1599 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1589 1600 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1590 1601 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1591 1602
1592 1603 ``binary``
1593 1604 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1594 1605 was selected by file pattern match)
1595 1606
1596 1607 ``symlink``
1597 1608 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1598 1609
1599 1610 ``check``
1600 1611 A list of merge success-checking options:
1601 1612
1602 1613 ``changed``
1603 1614 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1604 1615 ``conflicts``
1605 1616 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1606 1617 ``prompt``
1607 1618 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1608 1619
1609 1620 ``fixeol``
1610 1621 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1611 1622 (default: False)
1612 1623
1613 1624 ``gui``
1614 1625 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1615 1626
1616 1627 ``mergemarkers``
1617 1628 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1618 1629 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1619 1630 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1620 1631 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1621 1632 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1622 1633 (default: ``basic``)
1623 1634
1624 1635 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1625 1636 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1626 1637 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1627 1638 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1628 1639 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1629 1640 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1630 1641
1631 1642 .. container:: windows
1632 1643
1633 1644 ``regkey``
1634 1645 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1635 1646 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1636 1647 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1637 1648 (default: None)
1638 1649
1639 1650 ``regkeyalt``
1640 1651 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1641 1652 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1642 1653 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1643 1654 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1644 1655 (default: None)
1645 1656
1646 1657 ``regname``
1647 1658 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1648 1659 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1649 1660
1650 1661 ``regappend``
1651 1662 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1652 1663 the executable name of the tool.
1653 1664 (default: None)
1654 1665
1655 1666 ``pager``
1656 1667 ---------
1657 1668
1658 1669 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1659 1670 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1660 1671
1661 1672 ``pager``
1662 1673 Define the external tool used as pager.
1663 1674
1664 1675 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1665 1676 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1666 1677 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1667 1678
1668 1679 [pager]
1669 1680 pager = less -FRX
1670 1681
1671 1682 ``ignore``
1672 1683 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1673 1684
1674 1685 [pager]
1675 1686 ignore = version, help, update
1676 1687
1677 1688 ``patch``
1678 1689 ---------
1679 1690
1680 1691 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1681 1692 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1682 1693
1683 1694 ``eol``
1684 1695 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1685 1696 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1686 1697 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1687 1698 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1688 1699 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1689 1700 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1690 1701 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1691 1702 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1692 1703 (default: strict)
1693 1704
1694 1705 ``fuzz``
1695 1706 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1696 1707 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1697 1708 trying to apply a patch.
1698 1709 (default: 2)
1699 1710
1700 1711 ``paths``
1701 1712 ---------
1702 1713
1703 1714 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1704 1715
1705 1716 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1706 1717 location of the repository. Example::
1707 1718
1708 1719 [paths]
1709 1720 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1710 1721 local_path = /home/me/repo
1711 1722
1712 1723 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1713 1724 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1714 1725 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1715 1726 valid URLs.
1716 1727
1717 1728 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1718 1729 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1719 1730
1720 1731 [paths]
1721 1732 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1722 1733 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1723 1734
1724 1735 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1725 1736 the path they point to.
1726 1737
1727 1738 The following sub-options can be defined:
1728 1739
1729 1740 ``multi-urls``
1730 1741 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1731 1742 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1732 1743 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1733 1744 individually.
1734 1745
1735 1746 ``pushurl``
1736 1747 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1737 1748 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1738 1749
1739 1750 ``pushrev``
1740 1751 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1741 1752
1742 1753 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1743 1754 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1744 1755
1745 1756 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1746 1757 revision by default.
1747 1758
1748 1759 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1749 1760 pushed.
1750 1761
1751 1762 ``bookmarks.mode``
1752 1763 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1753 1764
1754 1765 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1755 1766 on push/pull.
1756 1767
1757 1768 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1758 1769 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1759 1770
1760 1771 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1761 1772 (This currently only affect pulling)
1762 1773
1763 1774 The following special named paths exist:
1764 1775
1765 1776 ``default``
1766 1777 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1767 1778
1768 1779 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1769 1780 repository was cloned from.
1770 1781
1771 1782 ``default-push``
1772 1783 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1773 1784 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1774 1785
1775 1786 ``phases``
1776 1787 ----------
1777 1788
1778 1789 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1779 1790 information about working with phases.
1780 1791
1781 1792 ``publish``
1782 1793 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1783 1794 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1784 1795 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1785 1796 (default: True)
1786 1797
1787 1798 ``new-commit``
1788 1799 Phase of newly-created commits.
1789 1800 (default: draft)
1790 1801
1791 1802 ``checksubrepos``
1792 1803 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1793 1804 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1794 1805 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1795 1806 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1796 1807 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1797 1808 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1798 1809 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1799 1810 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1800 1811 (default: follow)
1801 1812
1802 1813
1803 1814 ``profiling``
1804 1815 -------------
1805 1816
1806 1817 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1807 1818 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1808 1819 profiler (named ``stat``).
1809 1820
1810 1821 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1811 1822 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1812 1823 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1813 1824
1814 1825 ``enabled``
1815 1826 Enable the profiler.
1816 1827 (default: false)
1817 1828
1818 1829 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1819 1830
1820 1831 ``type``
1821 1832 The type of profiler to use.
1822 1833 (default: stat)
1823 1834
1824 1835 ``ls``
1825 1836 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1826 1837 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1827 1838 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1828 1839 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1829 1840 ``stat``
1830 1841 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1831 1842 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1832 1843 seconds.
1833 1844
1834 1845 ``format``
1835 1846 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1836 1847 (default: text)
1837 1848
1838 1849 ``text``
1839 1850 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1840 1851 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1841 1852 not kept.
1842 1853 ``kcachegrind``
1843 1854 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1844 1855 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1845 1856 kcachegrind.
1846 1857
1847 1858 ``statformat``
1848 1859 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1849 1860 (default: hotpath)
1850 1861
1851 1862 ``hotpath``
1852 1863 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1853 1864 most time was spent).
1854 1865 ``bymethod``
1855 1866 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1856 1867 ``byline``
1857 1868 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1858 1869 ``json``
1859 1870 Render profiling data as JSON.
1860 1871
1861 1872 ``freq``
1862 1873 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1863 1874 (default: 1000)
1864 1875
1865 1876 ``output``
1866 1877 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1867 1878 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1868 1879 stderr)
1869 1880
1870 1881 ``sort``
1871 1882 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1872 1883 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1873 1884 ``inlinetime``.
1874 1885 (default: inlinetime)
1875 1886
1876 1887 ``time-track``
1877 1888 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1878 1889 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1879 1890
1880 1891 ``limit``
1881 1892 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1882 1893 (default: 30)
1883 1894
1884 1895 ``nested``
1885 1896 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1886 1897 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1887 1898 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1888 1899 (default: 0)
1889 1900
1890 1901 ``showmin``
1891 1902 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1892 1903 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1893 1904 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1894 1905
1895 1906 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1896 1907
1897 1908 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1898 1909 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1899 1910
1900 1911 The option is unused on other formats.
1901 1912
1902 1913 ``showmax``
1903 1914 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1904 1915 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1905 1916
1906 1917 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1907 1918
1908 1919 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1909 1920
1910 1921 The option is unused on other formats.
1911 1922
1912 1923 ``showtime``
1913 1924 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1914 1925 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1915 1926 (default: true)
1916 1927
1917 1928 ``progress``
1918 1929 ------------
1919 1930
1920 1931 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1921 1932 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1922 1933 have a definite end point.
1923 1934
1924 1935 ``debug``
1925 1936 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1926 1937
1927 1938 ``delay``
1928 1939 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1929 1940
1930 1941 ``changedelay``
1931 1942 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1932 1943 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1933 1944
1934 1945 ``estimateinterval``
1935 1946 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1936 1947 calculation. (default: 60)
1937 1948
1938 1949 ``refresh``
1939 1950 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1940 1951
1941 1952 ``format``
1942 1953 Format of the progress bar.
1943 1954
1944 1955 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1945 1956 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1946 1957 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1947 1958 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1948 1959 first num characters.
1949 1960
1950 1961 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1951 1962
1952 1963 ``width``
1953 1964 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1954 1965 term width) will be used).
1955 1966
1956 1967 ``clear-complete``
1957 1968 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1958 1969
1959 1970 ``disable``
1960 1971 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1961 1972
1962 1973 ``assume-tty``
1963 1974 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1964 1975
1965 1976 ``rebase``
1966 1977 ----------
1967 1978
1968 1979 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1969 1980 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1970 1981 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1971 1982
1972 1983 ``revsetalias``
1973 1984 ---------------
1974 1985
1975 1986 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1976 1987
1977 1988 ``rewrite``
1978 1989 -----------
1979 1990
1980 1991 ``backup-bundle``
1981 1992 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1982 1993
1983 1994 ``update-timestamp``
1984 1995 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1985 1996 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1986 1997 current version.
1987 1998
1988 1999 ``empty-successor``
1989 2000
1990 2001 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1991 2002 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1992 2003 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1993 2004
1994 2005 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1995 2006 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1996 2007
1997 2008 ``share``
1998 2009 ---------
1999 2010
2000 2011 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2001 2012
2002 2013 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2003 2014 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2004 2015
2005 2016 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2006 2017 `upgrade-abort`.
2007 2018
2008 2019 ``abort``
2009 2020 Disallows running any command and aborts
2010 2021 ``allow``
2011 2022 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2012 2023 ``upgrade-abort``
2013 2024 tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2014 2025 ``upgrade-allow``
2015 2026 tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2016 2027 respecting the share source setting
2017 2028
2018 2029 Check :hg:`help config format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2019 2030 share-safe feature.
2020 2031
2021 2032 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2022 2033 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2023 2034 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2024 2035 (default: True)
2025 2036
2026 2037 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2027 2038
2028 2039 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2029 2040 mechanism but its source does not.
2030 2041
2031 2042 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2032 2043 `downgrade-abort`.
2033 2044
2034 2045 ``abort``
2035 2046 Disallows running any command and aborts
2036 2047 ``allow``
2037 2048 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2038 2049 ``downgrade-abort``
2039 2050 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2040 2051 ``downgrade-allow``
2041 2052 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2042 2053 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2043 2054
2044 2055 Check :hg:`help config format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2045 2056 share-safe feature.
2046 2057
2047 2058 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2048 2059 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2049 2060 but the source repository does not.
2050 2061 (default: True)
2051 2062
2052 2063 ``storage``
2053 2064 -----------
2054 2065
2055 2066 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2056 2067 category impact performance and repository size.
2057 2068
2058 2069 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2059 2070 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2060 2071 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2061 2072 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2062 2073 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2063 2074 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2064 2075
2065 2076 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2066 2077 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2067 2078 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2068 2079 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2069 2080
2070 2081 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2071 2082 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2072 2083
2073 2084 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2074 2085 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2075 2086 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2076 2087 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2077 2088
2078 2089 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2079 2090 repository with many merges.
2080 2091
2081 2092 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2082 2093 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2083 2094 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2084 2095 and reduce memory pressure.
2085 2096
2086 2097 Default to True.
2087 2098
2088 2099 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2089 2100 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2090 2101
2091 2102 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2092 2103 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2093 2104 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2094 2105 the feature:
2095 2106
2096 2107 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2097 2108 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2098 2109 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2099 2110
2100 2111 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2101 2112 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2102 2113
2103 2114 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2104 2115 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2105 2116 revisions from an external source.
2106 2117 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2107 2118
2108 2119 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2109 2120 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2110 2121 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2111 2122 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2112 2123 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2113 2124 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2114 2125 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2115 2126 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2116 2127
2117 2128 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2118 2129 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2119 2130 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2120 2131
2121 2132 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2122 2133 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2123 2134 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2124 2135
2125 2136 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2126 2137 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2127 2138 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2128 2139
2129 2140 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2130 2141 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2131 2142 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2132 2143 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2133 2144 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2134 2145 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2135 2146 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2136 2147 down.
2137 2148
2138 2149 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2139 2150 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2140 2151
2141 2152 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2142 2153 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2143 2154 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2144 2155 default value is 6.
2145 2156
2146 2157
2147 2158 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2148 2159 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2149 2160 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2150 2161 (default 3)
2151 2162
2152 2163 ``server``
2153 2164 ----------
2154 2165
2155 2166 Controls generic server settings.
2156 2167
2157 2168 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2158 2169 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2159 2170 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2160 2171
2161 2172 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2162 2173 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2163 2174 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2164 2175
2165 2176 ``compressionengines``
2166 2177 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2167 2178 to clients.
2168 2179
2169 2180 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2170 2181 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2171 2182 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2172 2183
2173 2184 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2174 2185 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2175 2186 default wire protocol priority.
2176 2187
2177 2188 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2178 2189 has no effect for legacy clients.
2179 2190
2180 2191 ``uncompressed``
2181 2192 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2182 2193 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2183 2194 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2184 2195 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2185 2196 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2186 2197 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2187 2198 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2188 2199 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2189 2200 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2190 2201 (default: True)
2191 2202
2192 2203 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2193 2204 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2194 2205 changesets. (default: False)
2195 2206
2196 2207 ``preferuncompressed``
2197 2208 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2198 2209 protocol. (default: False)
2199 2210
2200 2211 ``disablefullbundle``
2201 2212 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2202 2213 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2203 2214 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2204 2215 (default: False)
2205 2216
2206 2217 ``streamunbundle``
2207 2218 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2208 2219 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2209 2220 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2210 2221
2211 2222 ``pullbundle``
2212 2223 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2213 2224 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2214 2225 entry will be streamed to the client.
2215 2226
2216 2227 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2217 2228 for older clients.
2218 2229
2219 2230 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2220 2231 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2221 2232
2222 2233 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2223 2234 while the push was preparing.
2224 2235 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2225 2236 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2226 2237
2227 2238 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2228 2239 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2229 2240
2230 2241 ``validate``
2231 2242 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2232 2243 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2233 2244 present. (default: False)
2234 2245
2235 2246 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2236 2247 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2237 2248 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2238 2249
2239 2250 ``bundle1``
2240 2251 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2241 2252 exchange format. (default: True)
2242 2253
2243 2254 ``bundle1gd``
2244 2255 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2245 2256 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2246 2257
2247 2258 ``bundle1.push``
2248 2259 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2249 2260 format. (default: True)
2250 2261
2251 2262 ``bundle1gd.push``
2252 2263 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2253 2264 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2254 2265
2255 2266 ``bundle1.pull``
2256 2267 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2257 2268 format. (default: True)
2258 2269
2259 2270 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2260 2271 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2261 2272 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2262 2273
2263 2274 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2264 2275 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2265 2276 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2266 2277 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2267 2278
2268 2279 ``bundle2.stream``
2269 2280 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2270 2281 (default: True)
2271 2282
2272 2283 ``zliblevel``
2273 2284 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2274 2285 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2275 2286 commands that send repository history data).
2276 2287
2277 2288 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2278 2289 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2279 2290 maximum compression.
2280 2291
2281 2292 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2282 2293 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2283 2294 but sends more bytes to clients.
2284 2295
2285 2296 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2286 2297
2287 2298 ``zstdlevel``
2288 2299 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2289 2300 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2290 2301 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2291 2302
2292 2303 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2293 2304 delivering better compression ratios.
2294 2305
2295 2306 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2296 2307
2297 2308 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2298 2309
2299 2310 ``view``
2300 2311 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2301 2312
2302 2313 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2303 2314 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2304 2315 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2305 2316
2306 2317 ``smtp``
2307 2318 --------
2308 2319
2309 2320 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2310 2321
2311 2322 ``host``
2312 2323 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2313 2324
2314 2325 ``port``
2315 2326 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2316 2327 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2317 2328
2318 2329 ``tls``
2319 2330 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2320 2331 smtps or none. (default: none)
2321 2332
2322 2333 ``username``
2323 2334 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2324 2335 (default: None)
2325 2336
2326 2337 ``password``
2327 2338 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2328 2339 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2329 2340 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2330 2341
2331 2342 ``local_hostname``
2332 2343 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2333 2344 itself to the MTA.
2334 2345
2335 2346
2336 2347 ``subpaths``
2337 2348 ------------
2338 2349
2339 2350 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2340 2351 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2341 2352 rewrite rules of the form::
2342 2353
2343 2354 <pattern> = <replacement>
2344 2355
2345 2356 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2346 2357 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2347 2358 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2348 2359 ``replacements``. For instance::
2349 2360
2350 2361 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2351 2362
2352 2363 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2353 2364
2354 2365 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2355 2366 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2356 2367 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2357 2368 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2358 2369
2359 2370 ``subrepos``
2360 2371 ------------
2361 2372
2362 2373 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2363 2374 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2364 2375
2365 2376 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2366 2377 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2367 2378 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2368 2379 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2369 2380 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2370 2381 the respective options below.
2371 2382
2372 2383 ``allowed``
2373 2384 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2374 2385
2375 2386 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2376 2387 will fail for all subrepository types.
2377 2388 (default: true)
2378 2389
2379 2390 ``hg:allowed``
2380 2391 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2381 2392 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2382 2393 is true.
2383 2394 (default: true)
2384 2395
2385 2396 ``git:allowed``
2386 2397 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2387 2398 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2388 2399
2389 2400 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2390 2401 (default: false)
2391 2402
2392 2403 ``svn:allowed``
2393 2404 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2394 2405 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2395 2406 is true.
2396 2407
2397 2408 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2398 2409 (default: false)
2399 2410
2400 2411 ``templatealias``
2401 2412 -----------------
2402 2413
2403 2414 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2404 2415
2405 2416 ``templates``
2406 2417 -------------
2407 2418
2408 2419 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2409 2420 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2410 2421
2411 2422 ``trusted``
2412 2423 -----------
2413 2424
2414 2425 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2415 2426 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2416 2427 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2417 2428 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2418 2429 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2419 2430 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2420 2431 section.
2421 2432
2422 2433 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2423 2434 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2424 2435 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2425 2436 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2426 2437 user or service running Mercurial.
2427 2438
2428 2439 ``users``
2429 2440 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2430 2441
2431 2442 ``groups``
2432 2443 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2433 2444
2434 2445
2435 2446 ``ui``
2436 2447 ------
2437 2448
2438 2449 User interface controls.
2439 2450
2440 2451 ``archivemeta``
2441 2452 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2442 2453 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2443 2454 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2444 2455 (default: True)
2445 2456
2446 2457 ``askusername``
2447 2458 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2448 2459 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2449 2460 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2450 2461 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2451 2462 (default: False)
2452 2463
2453 2464 ``clonebundles``
2454 2465 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2455 2466
2456 2467 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2457 2468 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2458 2469
2459 2470 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2460 2471
2461 2472 (default: True)
2462 2473
2463 2474 ``clonebundlefallback``
2464 2475 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2465 2476 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2466 2477
2467 2478 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2468 2479 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2469 2480 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2470 2481 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2471 2482 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2472 2483 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2473 2484 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2474 2485 fails.
2475 2486
2476 2487 (default: False)
2477 2488
2478 2489 ``clonebundleprefers``
2479 2490 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2480 2491
2481 2492 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2482 2493 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2483 2494 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2484 2495 bundle over another.
2485 2496
2486 2497 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2487 2498
2488 2499 BUNDLESPEC
2489 2500 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2490 2501 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2491 2502
2492 2503 COMPRESSION
2493 2504 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2494 2505
2495 2506 Server operators may define custom keys.
2496 2507
2497 2508 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2498 2509 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2499 2510
2500 2511 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2501 2512
2502 2513 ``color``
2503 2514 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2504 2515 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2505 2516 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2506 2517
2507 2518 ``commitsubrepos``
2508 2519 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2509 2520 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2510 2521 changes, abort the commit.
2511 2522 (default: False)
2512 2523
2513 2524 ``debug``
2514 2525 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2515 2526
2516 2527 ``editor``
2517 2528 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2518 2529
2519 2530 ``fallbackencoding``
2520 2531 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2521 2532 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2522 2533
2523 2534 ``graphnodetemplate``
2524 2535 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2525 2536
2526 2537 ``ignore``
2527 2538 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2528 2539 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2529 2540 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2530 2541 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2531 2542 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2532 2543 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2533 2544
2534 2545 ``interactive``
2535 2546 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2536 2547
2537 2548 ``interface``
2538 2549 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2539 2550 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2540 2551
2541 2552 ``interface.chunkselector``
2542 2553 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2543 2554 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2544 2555 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2545 2556
2546 2557 ``large-file-limit``
2547 2558 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2548 2559 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2549 2560 (default: 10000000)
2550 2561
2551 2562 ``logtemplate``
2552 2563 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2553 2564
2554 2565 ``merge``
2555 2566 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2556 2567 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2557 2568 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2558 2569
2559 2570 ``mergemarkers``
2560 2571 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2561 2572 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2562 2573 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2563 2574 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2564 2575 (default: ``basic``)
2565 2576
2566 2577 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2567 2578 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2568 2579
2569 2580 ``message-output``
2570 2581 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2571 2582
2572 2583 ``channel``
2573 2584 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2574 2585 ``stderr``
2575 2586 Everything to stderr.
2576 2587 ``stdio``
2577 2588 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2578 2589
2579 2590 ``origbackuppath``
2580 2591 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2581 2592 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2582 2593 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2583 2594 suffix.
2584 2595
2585 2596 ``paginate``
2586 2597 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2587 2598 for details.
2588 2599
2589 2600 ``patch``
2590 2601 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2591 2602 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2592 2603 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2593 2604 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2594 2605 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2595 2606 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2596 2607 from stdin.
2597 2608
2598 2609 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2599 2610 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2600 2611 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2601 2612
2602 2613 ``portablefilenames``
2603 2614 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2604 2615 (default: ``warn``)
2605 2616
2606 2617 ``warn``
2607 2618 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2608 2619 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2609 2620 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2610 2621 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2611 2622 file).
2612 2623
2613 2624 ``ignore``
2614 2625 Don't print a warning.
2615 2626
2616 2627 ``abort``
2617 2628 The command is aborted.
2618 2629
2619 2630 ``true``
2620 2631 Alias for ``warn``.
2621 2632
2622 2633 ``false``
2623 2634 Alias for ``ignore``.
2624 2635
2625 2636 .. container:: windows
2626 2637
2627 2638 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2628 2639
2629 2640 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2630 2641 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2631 2642
2632 2643 ``quiet``
2633 2644 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2634 2645 (default: False)
2635 2646
2636 2647 ``relative-paths``
2637 2648 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2638 2649
2639 2650 ``remotecmd``
2640 2651 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2641 2652 (default: ``hg``)
2642 2653
2643 2654 ``report_untrusted``
2644 2655 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2645 2656 trusted user or group.
2646 2657 (default: True)
2647 2658
2648 2659 ``slash``
2649 2660 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2650 2661
2651 2662 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2652 2663 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2653 2664 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2654 2665 backslash character (``\``)).
2655 2666 (default: False)
2656 2667
2657 2668 ``statuscopies``
2658 2669 Display copies in the status command.
2659 2670
2660 2671 ``ssh``
2661 2672 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2662 2673
2663 2674 ``ssherrorhint``
2664 2675 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2665 2676 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2666 2677
2667 2678 ``strict``
2668 2679 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2669 2680 abbreviations. (default: False)
2670 2681
2671 2682 ``style``
2672 2683 Name of style to use for command output.
2673 2684
2674 2685 ``supportcontact``
2675 2686 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2676 2687 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2677 2688 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2678 2689
2679 2690 ``textwidth``
2680 2691 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2681 2692 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2682 2693 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2683 2694 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2684 2695 used. (default: 78)
2685 2696
2686 2697 ``timeout``
2687 2698 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2688 2699 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2689 2700
2690 2701 ``timeout.warn``
2691 2702 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2692 2703 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2693 2704
2694 2705 ``traceback``
2695 2706 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2696 2707 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2697 2708 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2698 2709 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2699 2710
2700 2711 ``tweakdefaults``
2701 2712
2702 2713 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2703 2714 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2704 2715 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2705 2716 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2706 2717 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2707 2718 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2708 2719
2709 2720 It currently means::
2710 2721
2711 2722 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2712 2723
2713 2724 ``username``
2714 2725 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2715 2726 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2716 2727 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2717 2728 username are expanded.
2718 2729
2719 2730 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2720 2731 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2721 2732 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2722 2733 hgrc file)
2723 2734
2724 2735 ``verbose``
2725 2736 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2726 2737
2727 2738
2728 2739 ``command-templates``
2729 2740 ---------------------
2730 2741
2731 2742 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2732 2743
2733 2744 ``graphnode``
2734 2745 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2735 2746 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2736 2747
2737 2748 ``log``
2738 2749 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2739 2750
2740 2751 ``mergemarker``
2741 2752 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2742 2753 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2743 2754 format.
2744 2755
2745 2756 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2746 2757 the first line of the commit description.
2747 2758
2748 2759 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2749 2760 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2750 2761 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2751 2762 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2752 2763 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2753 2764 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2754 2765 serious problems may occur.
2755 2766
2756 2767 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2757 2768
2758 2769 ``oneline-summary``
2759 2770 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2760 2771 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2761 2772 line, then only the first line is used.
2762 2773
2763 2774 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2764 2775 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2765 2776
2766 2777 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2767 2778 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2768 2779 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2769 2780 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2770 2781 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2771 2782
2772 2783 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2773 2784 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2774 2785 ``{other.islink}``.
2775 2786
2776 2787
2777 2788 ``web``
2778 2789 -------
2779 2790
2780 2791 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2781 2792 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2782 2793 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2783 2794 and WSGI).
2784 2795
2785 2796 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2786 2797 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2787 2798 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2788 2799 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2789 2800 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2790 2801 checks.
2791 2802
2792 2803 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2793 2804 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2794 2805 command line::
2795 2806
2796 2807 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2797 2808
2798 2809 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2799 2810 that this should not be used for public servers.
2800 2811
2801 2812 The full set of options is:
2802 2813
2803 2814 ``accesslog``
2804 2815 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2805 2816
2806 2817 ``address``
2807 2818 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2808 2819
2809 2820 ``allow-archive``
2810 2821 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2811 2822 (default: empty)
2812 2823
2813 2824 ``allowbz2``
2814 2825 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2815 2826 revisions.
2816 2827 (default: False)
2817 2828
2818 2829 ``allowgz``
2819 2830 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2820 2831 revisions.
2821 2832 (default: False)
2822 2833
2823 2834 ``allow-pull``
2824 2835 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2825 2836
2826 2837 ``allow-push``
2827 2838 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2828 2839 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2829 2840 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2830 2841 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2831 2842 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2832 2843 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2833 2844
2834 2845 ``allow_read``
2835 2846 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2836 2847 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2837 2848 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2838 2849 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2839 2850 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2840 2851 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2841 2852 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2842 2853 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2843 2854 examined after the deny_read list.
2844 2855
2845 2856 ``allowzip``
2846 2857 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2847 2858 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2848 2859 (default: False)
2849 2860
2850 2861 ``archivesubrepos``
2851 2862 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2852 2863 (default: False)
2853 2864
2854 2865 ``baseurl``
2855 2866 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2856 2867 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2857 2868 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2858 2869
2859 2870 ``cacerts``
2860 2871 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2861 2872 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2862 2873 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2863 2874 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2864 2875 with these certificates.
2865 2876
2866 2877 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2867 2878 command line.
2868 2879
2869 2880 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2870 2881 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2871 2882 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2872 2883 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2873 2884
2874 2885 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2875 2886 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2876 2887 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2877 2888 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2878 2889 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2879 2890 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2880 2891
2881 2892 ``cache``
2882 2893 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2883 2894
2884 2895 ``certificate``
2885 2896 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2886 2897
2887 2898 ``collapse``
2888 2899 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2889 2900 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2890 2901 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2891 2902 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2892 2903 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2893 2904 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2894 2905 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2895 2906
2896 2907 ``comparisoncontext``
2897 2908 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2898 2909 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2899 2910
2900 2911 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2901 2912 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2902 2913
2903 2914 ``contact``
2904 2915 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2905 2916 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2906 2917
2907 2918 ``csp``
2908 2919 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2909 2920
2910 2921 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2911 2922 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2912 2923 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2913 2924 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2914 2925 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2915 2926
2916 2927 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2917 2928 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2918 2929 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2919 2930 threat model.
2920 2931
2921 2932 ``deny_push``
2922 2933 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2923 2934 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2924 2935 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2925 2936 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2926 2937 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2927 2938
2928 2939 ``deny_read``
2929 2940 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2930 2941 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2931 2942 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2932 2943 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2933 2944 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2934 2945 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2935 2946 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2936 2947 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2937 2948 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2938 2949 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2939 2950 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2940 2951 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2941 2952 list.
2942 2953
2943 2954 ``descend``
2944 2955 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2945 2956 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2946 2957 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2947 2958
2948 2959 ``description``
2949 2960 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2950 2961 (default: "unknown")
2951 2962
2952 2963 ``encoding``
2953 2964 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2954 2965 Example: "UTF-8".
2955 2966
2956 2967 ``errorlog``
2957 2968 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2958 2969
2959 2970 ``guessmime``
2960 2971 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2961 2972 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2962 2973 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2963 2974 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2964 2975 repositories. (default: False)
2965 2976
2966 2977 ``hidden``
2967 2978 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2968 2979 (default: False)
2969 2980
2970 2981 ``ipv6``
2971 2982 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2972 2983
2973 2984 ``labels``
2974 2985 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2975 2986
2976 2987 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2977 2988 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2978 2989 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2979 2990 if a specific label is present.
2980 2991
2981 2992 ``logoimg``
2982 2993 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2983 2994 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2984 2995 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2985 2996 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2986 2997
2987 2998 ``logourl``
2988 2999 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2989 3000 will be used.
2990 3001
2991 3002 ``maxchanges``
2992 3003 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2993 3004
2994 3005 ``maxfiles``
2995 3006 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2996 3007
2997 3008 ``maxshortchanges``
2998 3009 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2999 3010 pages. (default: 60)
3000 3011
3001 3012 ``name``
3002 3013 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3003 3014 (default: current working directory)
3004 3015
3005 3016 ``port``
3006 3017 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3007 3018
3008 3019 ``prefix``
3009 3020 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3010 3021
3011 3022 ``push_ssl``
3012 3023 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3013 3024 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3014 3025
3015 3026 ``refreshinterval``
3016 3027 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3017 3028 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3018 3029 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3019 3030 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3020 3031
3021 3032 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3022 3033 (default: 20)
3023 3034
3024 3035 ``server-header``
3025 3036 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3026 3037
3027 3038 ``static``
3028 3039 Directory where static files are served from.
3029 3040
3030 3041 ``staticurl``
3031 3042 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3032 3043 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3033 3044 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3034 3045 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3035 3046
3036 3047 ``stripes``
3037 3048 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3038 3049 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3039 3050
3040 3051 ``style``
3041 3052 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3042 3053 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3043 3054 Example: ``monoblue``.
3044 3055
3045 3056 ``templates``
3046 3057 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3047 3058 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3048 3059
3049 3060 ``websub``
3050 3061 ----------
3051 3062
3052 3063 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3053 3064 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3054 3065 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3055 3066
3056 3067 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3057 3068 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3058 3069 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3059 3070 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3060 3071
3061 3072 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3062 3073 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3063 3074 HTML (see the examples below).
3064 3075
3065 3076 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3066 3077 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3067 3078 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3068 3079 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3069 3080
3070 3081 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3071 3082
3072 3083 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3073 3084 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3074 3085
3075 3086 Examples::
3076 3087
3077 3088 [websub]
3078 3089 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3079 3090 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3080 3091 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3081 3092
3082 3093 ``worker``
3083 3094 ----------
3084 3095
3085 3096 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3086 3097 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3087 3098 helps performance.
3088 3099
3089 3100 ``enabled``
3090 3101 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3091 3102 (default: true)
3092 3103
3093 3104 ``numcpus``
3094 3105 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3095 3106 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3096 3107 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3097 3108
3098 3109 ``backgroundclose``
3099 3110 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3100 3111 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3101 3112 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3102 3113 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3103 3114 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3104 3115
3105 3116 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3106 3117 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3107 3118 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3108 3119 threads.
3109 3120 (default: 2048)
3110 3121
3111 3122 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3112 3123 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3113 3124 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3114 3125 enabled.
3115 3126 (default: 384)
3116 3127
3117 3128 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3118 3129 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3119 3130 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3120 3131 (default: 4)
@@ -1,1946 +1,2037 b''
1 1 Test basic extension support
2 2 $ cat > unflush.py <<EOF
3 3 > import sys
4 4 > from mercurial import pycompat
5 5 > if pycompat.ispy3:
6 6 > # no changes required
7 7 > sys.exit(0)
8 8 > with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as f:
9 9 > data = f.read()
10 10 > with open(sys.argv[1], 'wb') as f:
11 11 > f.write(data.replace(b', flush=True', b''))
12 12 > EOF
13 13
14 14 $ cat > foobar.py <<EOF
15 15 > import os
16 16 > from mercurial import commands, exthelper, registrar
17 17 >
18 18 > eh = exthelper.exthelper()
19 19 > eh.configitem(b'tests', b'foo', default=b"Foo")
20 20 >
21 21 > uisetup = eh.finaluisetup
22 22 > uipopulate = eh.finaluipopulate
23 23 > reposetup = eh.finalreposetup
24 24 > cmdtable = eh.cmdtable
25 25 > configtable = eh.configtable
26 26 >
27 27 > @eh.uisetup
28 28 > def _uisetup(ui):
29 29 > ui.debug(b"uisetup called [debug]\\n")
30 30 > ui.write(b"uisetup called\\n")
31 31 > ui.status(b"uisetup called [status]\\n")
32 32 > ui.flush()
33 33 > @eh.uipopulate
34 34 > def _uipopulate(ui):
35 35 > ui._populatecnt = getattr(ui, "_populatecnt", 0) + 1
36 36 > ui.write(b"uipopulate called (%d times)\n" % ui._populatecnt)
37 37 > @eh.reposetup
38 38 > def _reposetup(ui, repo):
39 39 > ui.write(b"reposetup called for %s\\n" % os.path.basename(repo.root))
40 40 > ui.write(b"ui %s= repo.ui\\n" % (ui == repo.ui and b"=" or b"!"))
41 41 > ui.flush()
42 42 > @eh.command(b'foo', [], b'hg foo')
43 43 > def foo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
44 44 > foo = ui.config(b'tests', b'foo')
45 45 > ui.write(foo)
46 46 > ui.write(b"\\n")
47 47 > @eh.command(b'bar', [], b'hg bar', norepo=True)
48 48 > def bar(ui, *args, **kwargs):
49 49 > ui.write(b"Bar\\n")
50 50 > EOF
51 51 $ abspath=`pwd`/foobar.py
52 52
53 53 $ mkdir barfoo
54 54 $ cp foobar.py barfoo/__init__.py
55 55 $ barfoopath=`pwd`/barfoo
56 56
57 57 $ hg init a
58 58 $ cd a
59 59 $ echo foo > file
60 60 $ hg add file
61 61 $ hg commit -m 'add file'
62 62
63 63 $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
64 64 $ echo "foobar = $abspath" >> $HGRCPATH
65 65 $ hg foo
66 66 uisetup called
67 67 uisetup called [status]
68 68 uipopulate called (1 times)
69 69 uipopulate called (1 times)
70 70 uipopulate called (1 times)
71 71 reposetup called for a
72 72 ui == repo.ui
73 73 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
74 74 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
75 75 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
76 76 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
77 77 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
78 78 reposetup called for a (chg !)
79 79 ui == repo.ui (chg !)
80 80 Foo
81 81 $ hg foo --quiet
82 82 uisetup called (no-chg !)
83 83 uipopulate called (1 times)
84 84 uipopulate called (1 times)
85 85 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
86 86 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
87 87 uipopulate called (1 times)
88 88 reposetup called for a
89 89 ui == repo.ui
90 90 Foo
91 91 $ hg foo --debug
92 92 uisetup called [debug] (no-chg !)
93 93 uisetup called (no-chg !)
94 94 uisetup called [status] (no-chg !)
95 95 uipopulate called (1 times)
96 96 uipopulate called (1 times)
97 97 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
98 98 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
99 99 uipopulate called (1 times)
100 100 reposetup called for a
101 101 ui == repo.ui
102 102 Foo
103 103
104 104 $ cd ..
105 105 $ hg clone a b
106 106 uisetup called (no-chg !)
107 107 uisetup called [status] (no-chg !)
108 108 uipopulate called (1 times)
109 109 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
110 110 uipopulate called (1 times)
111 111 reposetup called for a
112 112 ui == repo.ui
113 113 uipopulate called (1 times)
114 114 uipopulate called (1 times)
115 115 reposetup called for b
116 116 ui == repo.ui
117 117 updating to branch default
118 118 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
119 119
120 120 $ hg bar
121 121 uisetup called (no-chg !)
122 122 uisetup called [status] (no-chg !)
123 123 uipopulate called (1 times)
124 124 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
125 125 Bar
126 126 $ echo 'foobar = !' >> $HGRCPATH
127 127
128 128 module/__init__.py-style
129 129
130 130 $ echo "barfoo = $barfoopath" >> $HGRCPATH
131 131 $ cd a
132 132 $ hg foo
133 133 uisetup called
134 134 uisetup called [status]
135 135 uipopulate called (1 times)
136 136 uipopulate called (1 times)
137 137 uipopulate called (1 times)
138 138 reposetup called for a
139 139 ui == repo.ui
140 140 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
141 141 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
142 142 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
143 143 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
144 144 uipopulate called (1 times) (chg !)
145 145 reposetup called for a (chg !)
146 146 ui == repo.ui (chg !)
147 147 Foo
148 148 $ echo 'barfoo = !' >> $HGRCPATH
149 149
150 150 Check that extensions are loaded in phases:
151 151
152 152 $ cat > foo.py <<EOF
153 153 > from __future__ import print_function
154 154 > import os
155 155 > from mercurial import exthelper
156 156 > from mercurial.utils import procutil
157 157 >
158 158 > def write(msg):
159 159 > procutil.stdout.write(msg)
160 160 > procutil.stdout.flush()
161 161 >
162 162 > name = os.path.basename(__file__).rsplit('.', 1)[0]
163 163 > bytesname = name.encode('utf-8')
164 164 > write(b"1) %s imported\n" % bytesname)
165 165 > eh = exthelper.exthelper()
166 166 > @eh.uisetup
167 167 > def _uisetup(ui):
168 168 > write(b"2) %s uisetup\n" % bytesname)
169 169 > @eh.extsetup
170 170 > def _extsetup(ui):
171 171 > write(b"3) %s extsetup\n" % bytesname)
172 172 > @eh.uipopulate
173 173 > def _uipopulate(ui):
174 174 > write(b"4) %s uipopulate\n" % bytesname)
175 175 > @eh.reposetup
176 176 > def _reposetup(ui, repo):
177 177 > write(b"5) %s reposetup\n" % bytesname)
178 178 >
179 179 > extsetup = eh.finalextsetup
180 180 > reposetup = eh.finalreposetup
181 181 > uipopulate = eh.finaluipopulate
182 182 > uisetup = eh.finaluisetup
183 183 > revsetpredicate = eh.revsetpredicate
184 184 >
185 185 > # custom predicate to check registration of functions at loading
186 186 > from mercurial import (
187 187 > smartset,
188 188 > )
189 189 > @eh.revsetpredicate(bytesname, safe=True) # safe=True for query via hgweb
190 190 > def custompredicate(repo, subset, x):
191 191 > return smartset.baseset([r for r in subset if r in {0}])
192 192 > EOF
193 193 $ "$PYTHON" $TESTTMP/unflush.py foo.py
194 194
195 195 $ cp foo.py bar.py
196 196 $ echo 'foo = foo.py' >> $HGRCPATH
197 197 $ echo 'bar = bar.py' >> $HGRCPATH
198 198
199 199 Check normal command's load order of extensions and registration of functions
200 200
201 201 On chg server, extension should be first set up by the server. Then
202 202 object-level setup should follow in the worker process.
203 203
204 204 $ hg log -r "foo() and bar()" -q
205 205 1) foo imported
206 206 1) bar imported
207 207 2) foo uisetup
208 208 2) bar uisetup
209 209 3) foo extsetup
210 210 3) bar extsetup
211 211 4) foo uipopulate
212 212 4) bar uipopulate
213 213 4) foo uipopulate
214 214 4) bar uipopulate
215 215 4) foo uipopulate
216 216 4) bar uipopulate
217 217 5) foo reposetup
218 218 5) bar reposetup
219 219 4) foo uipopulate (chg !)
220 220 4) bar uipopulate (chg !)
221 221 4) foo uipopulate (chg !)
222 222 4) bar uipopulate (chg !)
223 223 4) foo uipopulate (chg !)
224 224 4) bar uipopulate (chg !)
225 225 4) foo uipopulate (chg !)
226 226 4) bar uipopulate (chg !)
227 227 4) foo uipopulate (chg !)
228 228 4) bar uipopulate (chg !)
229 229 5) foo reposetup (chg !)
230 230 5) bar reposetup (chg !)
231 231 0:c24b9ac61126
232 232
233 233 Check hgweb's load order of extensions and registration of functions
234 234
235 235 $ cat > hgweb.cgi <<EOF
236 236 > #!$PYTHON
237 237 > from mercurial import demandimport; demandimport.enable()
238 238 > from mercurial.hgweb import hgweb
239 239 > from mercurial.hgweb import wsgicgi
240 240 > application = hgweb(b'.', b'test repo')
241 241 > wsgicgi.launch(application)
242 242 > EOF
243 243 $ . "$TESTDIR/cgienv"
244 244
245 245 $ PATH_INFO='/' SCRIPT_NAME='' "$PYTHON" hgweb.cgi \
246 246 > | grep '^[0-9]) ' # ignores HTML output
247 247 1) foo imported
248 248 1) bar imported
249 249 2) foo uisetup
250 250 2) bar uisetup
251 251 3) foo extsetup
252 252 3) bar extsetup
253 253 4) foo uipopulate
254 254 4) bar uipopulate
255 255 4) foo uipopulate
256 256 4) bar uipopulate
257 257 5) foo reposetup
258 258 5) bar reposetup
259 259
260 260 (check that revset predicate foo() and bar() are available)
261 261
262 262 #if msys
263 263 $ PATH_INFO='//shortlog'
264 264 #else
265 265 $ PATH_INFO='/shortlog'
266 266 #endif
267 267 $ export PATH_INFO
268 268 $ SCRIPT_NAME='' QUERY_STRING='rev=foo() and bar()' "$PYTHON" hgweb.cgi \
269 269 > | grep '<a href="/rev/[0-9a-z]*">'
270 270 <a href="/rev/c24b9ac61126">add file</a>
271 271
272 272 $ echo 'foo = !' >> $HGRCPATH
273 273 $ echo 'bar = !' >> $HGRCPATH
274 274
275 275 Check "from __future__ import absolute_import" support for external libraries
276 276
277 277 (import-checker.py reports issues for some of heredoc python code
278 278 fragments below, because import-checker.py does not know test specific
279 279 package hierarchy. NO_CHECK_* should be used as a limit mark of
280 280 heredoc, in order to make import-checker.py ignore them. For
281 281 simplicity, all python code fragments below are generated with such
282 282 limit mark, regardless of importing module or not.)
283 283
284 284 #if windows
285 285 $ PATHSEP=";"
286 286 #else
287 287 $ PATHSEP=":"
288 288 #endif
289 289 $ export PATHSEP
290 290
291 291 $ mkdir $TESTTMP/libroot
292 292 $ echo "s = 'libroot/ambig.py'" > $TESTTMP/libroot/ambig.py
293 293 $ mkdir $TESTTMP/libroot/mod
294 294 $ touch $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/__init__.py
295 295 $ echo "s = 'libroot/mod/ambig.py'" > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambig.py
296 296
297 297 $ cat > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambigabs.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
298 298 > from __future__ import absolute_import, print_function
299 299 > import ambig # should load "libroot/ambig.py"
300 300 > s = ambig.s
301 301 > NO_CHECK_EOF
302 302 $ cat > loadabs.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
303 303 > import mod.ambigabs as ambigabs
304 304 > def extsetup(ui):
305 305 > print('ambigabs.s=%s' % ambigabs.s, flush=True)
306 306 > NO_CHECK_EOF
307 307 $ "$PYTHON" $TESTTMP/unflush.py loadabs.py
308 308 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}/libroot; hg --config extensions.loadabs=loadabs.py root)
309 309 ambigabs.s=libroot/ambig.py
310 310 $TESTTMP/a
311 311
312 312 #if no-py3
313 313 $ cat > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambigrel.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
314 314 > from __future__ import print_function
315 315 > import ambig # should load "libroot/mod/ambig.py"
316 316 > s = ambig.s
317 317 > NO_CHECK_EOF
318 318 $ cat > loadrel.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
319 319 > import mod.ambigrel as ambigrel
320 320 > def extsetup(ui):
321 321 > print('ambigrel.s=%s' % ambigrel.s, flush=True)
322 322 > NO_CHECK_EOF
323 323 $ "$PYTHON" $TESTTMP/unflush.py loadrel.py
324 324 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}/libroot; hg --config extensions.loadrel=loadrel.py root)
325 325 ambigrel.s=libroot/mod/ambig.py
326 326 $TESTTMP/a
327 327 #endif
328 328
329 329 Check absolute/relative import of extension specific modules
330 330
331 331 $ mkdir $TESTTMP/extroot
332 332 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/bar.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
333 333 > s = b'this is extroot.bar'
334 334 > NO_CHECK_EOF
335 335 $ mkdir $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1
336 336 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
337 337 > s = b'this is extroot.sub1.__init__'
338 338 > NO_CHECK_EOF
339 339 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1/baz.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
340 340 > s = b'this is extroot.sub1.baz'
341 341 > NO_CHECK_EOF
342 342 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
343 343 > from __future__ import absolute_import
344 344 > s = b'this is extroot.__init__'
345 345 > from . import foo
346 346 > def extsetup(ui):
347 347 > ui.write(b'(extroot) ', foo.func(), b'\n')
348 348 > ui.flush()
349 349 > NO_CHECK_EOF
350 350
351 351 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/foo.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
352 352 > # test absolute import
353 353 > buf = []
354 354 > def func():
355 355 > # "not locals" case
356 356 > import extroot.bar
357 357 > buf.append(b'import extroot.bar in func(): %s' % extroot.bar.s)
358 358 > return b'\n(extroot) '.join(buf)
359 359 > # b"fromlist == ('*',)" case
360 360 > from extroot.bar import *
361 361 > buf.append(b'from extroot.bar import *: %s' % s)
362 362 > # "not fromlist" and "if '.' in name" case
363 363 > import extroot.sub1.baz
364 364 > buf.append(b'import extroot.sub1.baz: %s' % extroot.sub1.baz.s)
365 365 > # "not fromlist" and NOT "if '.' in name" case
366 366 > import extroot
367 367 > buf.append(b'import extroot: %s' % extroot.s)
368 368 > # NOT "not fromlist" and NOT "level != -1" case
369 369 > from extroot.bar import s
370 370 > buf.append(b'from extroot.bar import s: %s' % s)
371 371 > NO_CHECK_EOF
372 372 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.extroot=$TESTTMP/extroot root)
373 373 (extroot) from extroot.bar import *: this is extroot.bar
374 374 (extroot) import extroot.sub1.baz: this is extroot.sub1.baz
375 375 (extroot) import extroot: this is extroot.__init__
376 376 (extroot) from extroot.bar import s: this is extroot.bar
377 377 (extroot) import extroot.bar in func(): this is extroot.bar
378 378 $TESTTMP/a
379 379
380 380 #if no-py3
381 381 $ rm "$TESTTMP"/extroot/foo.*
382 382 $ rm -Rf "$TESTTMP/extroot/__pycache__"
383 383 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/foo.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
384 384 > # test relative import
385 385 > buf = []
386 386 > def func():
387 387 > # "not locals" case
388 388 > import bar
389 389 > buf.append('import bar in func(): %s' % bar.s)
390 390 > return '\n(extroot) '.join(buf)
391 391 > # "fromlist == ('*',)" case
392 392 > from bar import *
393 393 > buf.append('from bar import *: %s' % s)
394 394 > # "not fromlist" and "if '.' in name" case
395 395 > import sub1.baz
396 396 > buf.append('import sub1.baz: %s' % sub1.baz.s)
397 397 > # "not fromlist" and NOT "if '.' in name" case
398 398 > import sub1
399 399 > buf.append('import sub1: %s' % sub1.s)
400 400 > # NOT "not fromlist" and NOT "level != -1" case
401 401 > from bar import s
402 402 > buf.append('from bar import s: %s' % s)
403 403 > NO_CHECK_EOF
404 404 $ hg --config extensions.extroot=$TESTTMP/extroot root
405 405 (extroot) from bar import *: this is extroot.bar
406 406 (extroot) import sub1.baz: this is extroot.sub1.baz
407 407 (extroot) import sub1: this is extroot.sub1.__init__
408 408 (extroot) from bar import s: this is extroot.bar
409 409 (extroot) import bar in func(): this is extroot.bar
410 410 $TESTTMP/a
411 411 #endif
412 412
413 413 #if demandimport
414 414
415 415 Examine whether module loading is delayed until actual referring, even
416 416 though module is imported with "absolute_import" feature.
417 417
418 418 Files below in each packages are used for described purpose:
419 419
420 420 - "called": examine whether "from MODULE import ATTR" works correctly
421 421 - "unused": examine whether loading is delayed correctly
422 422 - "used": examine whether "from PACKAGE import MODULE" works correctly
423 423
424 424 Package hierarchy is needed to examine whether demand importing works
425 425 as expected for "from SUB.PACK.AGE import MODULE".
426 426
427 427 Setup "external library" to be imported with "absolute_import"
428 428 feature.
429 429
430 430 $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2
431 431 $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/__init__.py
432 432 $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/__init__.py
433 433 $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/__init__.py
434 434
435 435 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/called.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
436 436 > def func():
437 437 > return b"this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()"
438 438 > NO_CHECK_EOF
439 439 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/unused.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
440 440 > raise Exception("extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.unused is loaded unintentionally")
441 441 > NO_CHECK_EOF
442 442 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/used.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
443 443 > detail = b"this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used"
444 444 > NO_CHECK_EOF
445 445
446 446 Setup sub-package of "external library", which causes instantiation of
447 447 demandmod in "recurse down the module chain" code path. Relative
448 448 importing with "absolute_import" feature isn't tested, because "level
449 449 >=1 " doesn't cause instantiation of demandmod.
450 450
451 451 $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs
452 452 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs/used.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
453 453 > detail = b"this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used"
454 454 > NO_CHECK_EOF
455 455 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
456 456 > from __future__ import absolute_import
457 457 > from extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used import detail
458 458 > NO_CHECK_EOF
459 459
460 460 $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy
461 461 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy/used.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
462 462 > detail = b"this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used"
463 463 > NO_CHECK_EOF
464 464 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
465 465 > # legacy style (level == -1) import
466 466 > from extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used import detail
467 467 > NO_CHECK_EOF
468 468
469 469 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
470 470 > from __future__ import absolute_import
471 471 > from extlibroot.recursedown.abs import detail as absdetail
472 472 > from .legacy import detail as legacydetail
473 473 > NO_CHECK_EOF
474 474
475 475 Setup package that re-exports an attribute of its submodule as the same
476 476 name. This leaves 'shadowing.used' pointing to 'used.detail', but still
477 477 the submodule 'used' should be somehow accessible. (issue5617)
478 478
479 479 $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/shadowing
480 480 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/shadowing/used.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
481 481 > detail = b"this is extlibroot.shadowing.used"
482 482 > NO_CHECK_EOF
483 483 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/shadowing/proxied.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
484 484 > from __future__ import absolute_import
485 485 > from extlibroot.shadowing.used import detail
486 486 > NO_CHECK_EOF
487 487 $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/shadowing/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
488 488 > from __future__ import absolute_import
489 489 > from .used import detail as used
490 490 > NO_CHECK_EOF
491 491
492 492 Setup extension local modules to be imported with "absolute_import"
493 493 feature.
494 494
495 495 $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2
496 496 $ touch $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/__init__.py
497 497 $ touch $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/__init__.py
498 498
499 499 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/called.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
500 500 > def func():
501 501 > return b"this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()"
502 502 > NO_CHECK_EOF
503 503 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/unused.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
504 504 > raise Exception("absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.unused is loaded unintentionally")
505 505 > NO_CHECK_EOF
506 506 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/used.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
507 507 > detail = b"this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used"
508 508 > NO_CHECK_EOF
509 509
510 510 Setup extension local modules to examine whether demand importing
511 511 works as expected in "level > 1" case.
512 512
513 513 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/relimportee.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
514 514 > detail = b"this is absextroot.relimportee"
515 515 > NO_CHECK_EOF
516 516 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/relimporter.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
517 517 > from __future__ import absolute_import
518 518 > from mercurial import pycompat
519 519 > from ... import relimportee
520 520 > detail = b"this relimporter imports %r" % (
521 521 > pycompat.bytestr(relimportee.detail))
522 522 > NO_CHECK_EOF
523 523
524 524 Setup modules, which actually import extension local modules at
525 525 runtime.
526 526
527 527 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/absolute.py << NO_CHECK_EOF
528 528 > from __future__ import absolute_import
529 529 >
530 530 > # import extension local modules absolutely (level = 0)
531 531 > from absextroot.xsub1.xsub2 import used, unused
532 532 > from absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called import func
533 533 >
534 534 > def getresult():
535 535 > result = []
536 536 > result.append(used.detail)
537 537 > result.append(func())
538 538 > return result
539 539 > NO_CHECK_EOF
540 540
541 541 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/relative.py << NO_CHECK_EOF
542 542 > from __future__ import absolute_import
543 543 >
544 544 > # import extension local modules relatively (level == 1)
545 545 > from .xsub1.xsub2 import used, unused
546 546 > from .xsub1.xsub2.called import func
547 547 >
548 548 > # import a module, which implies "importing with level > 1"
549 549 > from .xsub1.xsub2 import relimporter
550 550 >
551 551 > def getresult():
552 552 > result = []
553 553 > result.append(used.detail)
554 554 > result.append(func())
555 555 > result.append(relimporter.detail)
556 556 > return result
557 557 > NO_CHECK_EOF
558 558
559 559 Setup main procedure of extension.
560 560
561 561 $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/__init__.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
562 562 > from __future__ import absolute_import
563 563 > from mercurial import registrar
564 564 > cmdtable = {}
565 565 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
566 566 >
567 567 > # "absolute" and "relative" shouldn't be imported before actual
568 568 > # command execution, because (1) they import same modules, and (2)
569 569 > # preceding import (= instantiate "demandmod" object instead of
570 570 > # real "module" object) might hide problem of succeeding import.
571 571 >
572 572 > @command(b'showabsolute', [], norepo=True)
573 573 > def showabsolute(ui, *args, **opts):
574 574 > from absextroot import absolute
575 575 > ui.write(b'ABS: %s\n' % b'\nABS: '.join(absolute.getresult()))
576 576 >
577 577 > @command(b'showrelative', [], norepo=True)
578 578 > def showrelative(ui, *args, **opts):
579 579 > from . import relative
580 580 > ui.write(b'REL: %s\n' % b'\nREL: '.join(relative.getresult()))
581 581 >
582 582 > # import modules from external library
583 583 > from extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2 import used as lused, unused as lunused
584 584 > from extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called import func as lfunc
585 585 > from extlibroot.recursedown import absdetail, legacydetail
586 586 > from extlibroot.shadowing import proxied
587 587 >
588 588 > def uisetup(ui):
589 589 > result = []
590 590 > result.append(lused.detail)
591 591 > result.append(lfunc())
592 592 > result.append(absdetail)
593 593 > result.append(legacydetail)
594 594 > result.append(proxied.detail)
595 595 > ui.write(b'LIB: %s\n' % b'\nLIB: '.join(result))
596 596 > NO_CHECK_EOF
597 597
598 598 Examine module importing.
599 599
600 600 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.absextroot=$TESTTMP/absextroot showabsolute)
601 601 LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used
602 602 LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()
603 603 LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used
604 604 LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used
605 605 LIB: this is extlibroot.shadowing.used
606 606 ABS: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used
607 607 ABS: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()
608 608
609 609 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.absextroot=$TESTTMP/absextroot showrelative)
610 610 LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used
611 611 LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()
612 612 LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used
613 613 LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used
614 614 LIB: this is extlibroot.shadowing.used
615 615 REL: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used
616 616 REL: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()
617 617 REL: this relimporter imports 'this is absextroot.relimportee'
618 618
619 619 Examine whether sub-module is imported relatively as expected.
620 620
621 621 See also issue5208 for detail about example case on Python 3.x.
622 622
623 623 $ f -q $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/notexist.py
624 624 $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/notexist.py: file not found
625 625
626 626 $ cat > $TESTTMP/notexist.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
627 627 > text = 'notexist.py at root is loaded unintentionally\n'
628 628 > NO_CHECK_EOF
629 629
630 630 $ cat > $TESTTMP/checkrelativity.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
631 631 > from mercurial import registrar
632 632 > cmdtable = {}
633 633 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
634 634 >
635 635 > # demand import avoids failure of importing notexist here, but only on
636 636 > # Python 2.
637 637 > import extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.notexist
638 638 >
639 639 > @command(b'checkrelativity', [], norepo=True)
640 640 > def checkrelativity(ui, *args, **opts):
641 641 > try:
642 642 > ui.write(extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.notexist.text)
643 643 > return 1 # unintentional success
644 644 > except ImportError:
645 645 > pass # intentional failure
646 646 > NO_CHECK_EOF
647 647
648 648 Python 3's lazy importer verifies modules exist before returning the lazy
649 649 module stub. Our custom lazy importer for Python 2 always returns a stub.
650 650
651 651 $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.checkrelativity=$TESTTMP/checkrelativity.py checkrelativity) || true
652 652 *** failed to import extension "checkrelativity" from $TESTTMP/checkrelativity.py: No module named 'extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.notexist'
653 653 hg: unknown command 'checkrelativity' (py3 !)
654 654 (use 'hg help' for a list of commands) (py3 !)
655 655
656 656 #endif
657 657
658 658 (Here, module importing tests are finished. Therefore, use other than
659 659 NO_CHECK_* limit mark for heredoc python files, in order to apply
660 660 import-checker.py or so on their contents)
661 661
662 662 Make sure a broken uisetup doesn't globally break hg:
663 663 $ cat > $TESTTMP/baduisetup.py <<EOF
664 664 > def uisetup(ui):
665 665 > 1 / 0
666 666 > EOF
667 667
668 668 Even though the extension fails during uisetup, hg is still basically usable:
669 669 $ hg --config extensions.baduisetup=$TESTTMP/baduisetup.py version
670 670 Traceback (most recent call last):
671 671 File "*/mercurial/extensions.py", line *, in _runuisetup (glob) (no-pyoxidizer !)
672 672 File "mercurial.extensions", line *, in _runuisetup (glob) (pyoxidizer !)
673 673 uisetup(ui)
674 674 File "$TESTTMP/baduisetup.py", line 2, in uisetup
675 675 1 / 0
676 676 ZeroDivisionError: * by zero (glob)
677 677 *** failed to set up extension baduisetup: * by zero (glob)
678 678 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
679 679 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
680 680
681 681 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
682 682 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
683 683 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
684 684
685 685 $ cd ..
686 686
687 687 hide outer repo
688 688 $ hg init
689 689
690 690 $ cat > empty.py <<EOF
691 691 > '''empty cmdtable
692 692 > '''
693 693 > cmdtable = {}
694 694 > EOF
695 695 $ emptypath=`pwd`/empty.py
696 696 $ echo "empty = $emptypath" >> $HGRCPATH
697 697 $ hg help empty
698 698 empty extension - empty cmdtable
699 699
700 700 no commands defined
701 701
702 702
703 703 $ echo 'empty = !' >> $HGRCPATH
704 704
705 705 $ cat > debugextension.py <<EOF
706 706 > '''only debugcommands
707 707 > '''
708 708 > from mercurial import registrar
709 709 > cmdtable = {}
710 710 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
711 711 > @command(b'debugfoobar', [], b'hg debugfoobar')
712 712 > def debugfoobar(ui, repo, *args, **opts):
713 713 > "yet another debug command"
714 714 > @command(b'foo', [], b'hg foo')
715 715 > def foo(ui, repo, *args, **opts):
716 716 > """yet another foo command
717 717 > This command has been DEPRECATED since forever.
718 718 > """
719 719 > EOF
720 720 $ debugpath=`pwd`/debugextension.py
721 721 $ echo "debugextension = $debugpath" >> $HGRCPATH
722 722
723 723 $ hg help debugextension
724 724 hg debugextensions
725 725
726 726 show information about active extensions
727 727
728 728 options:
729 729
730 730 -T --template TEMPLATE display with template
731 731
732 732 (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
733 733
734 734
735 735 $ hg --verbose help debugextension
736 736 hg debugextensions
737 737
738 738 show information about active extensions
739 739
740 740 options:
741 741
742 742 -T --template TEMPLATE display with template
743 743
744 744 global options ([+] can be repeated):
745 745
746 746 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
747 747 file
748 748 --cwd DIR change working directory
749 749 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
750 750 all prompts
751 751 -q --quiet suppress output
752 752 -v --verbose enable additional output
753 753 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
754 754 debug)
755 755 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
756 756 --debug enable debugging output
757 757 --debugger start debugger
758 758 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
759 759 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
760 760 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
761 761 --time time how long the command takes
762 762 --profile print command execution profile
763 763 --version output version information and exit
764 764 -h --help display help and exit
765 765 --hidden consider hidden changesets
766 766 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
767 767 (default: auto)
768 768
769 769
770 770
771 771
772 772
773 773
774 774 $ hg --debug help debugextension
775 775 hg debugextensions
776 776
777 777 show information about active extensions
778 778
779 779 options:
780 780
781 781 -T --template TEMPLATE display with template
782 782
783 783 global options ([+] can be repeated):
784 784
785 785 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
786 786 file
787 787 --cwd DIR change working directory
788 788 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
789 789 all prompts
790 790 -q --quiet suppress output
791 791 -v --verbose enable additional output
792 792 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
793 793 debug)
794 794 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
795 795 --debug enable debugging output
796 796 --debugger start debugger
797 797 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
798 798 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
799 799 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
800 800 --time time how long the command takes
801 801 --profile print command execution profile
802 802 --version output version information and exit
803 803 -h --help display help and exit
804 804 --hidden consider hidden changesets
805 805 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
806 806 (default: auto)
807 807
808 808
809 809
810 810
811 811
812 812 $ echo 'debugextension = !' >> $HGRCPATH
813 813
814 814 Asking for help about a deprecated extension should do something useful:
815 815
816 816 $ hg help glog
817 817 'glog' is provided by the following extension:
818 818
819 819 graphlog command to view revision graphs from a shell (DEPRECATED)
820 820
821 821 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
822 822
823 823 Extension module help vs command help:
824 824
825 825 $ echo 'extdiff =' >> $HGRCPATH
826 826 $ hg help extdiff
827 827 hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]...
828 828
829 829 use external program to diff repository (or selected files)
830 830
831 831 Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using an
832 832 external program. The default program used is diff, with default options
833 833 "-Npru".
834 834
835 835 To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The program
836 836 will be passed the names of two directories to compare, unless the --per-
837 837 file option is specified (see below). To pass additional options to the
838 838 program, use -o/--option. These will be passed before the names of the
839 839 directories or files to compare.
840 840
841 841 The --from, --to, and --change options work the same way they do for 'hg
842 842 diff'.
843 843
844 844 The --per-file option runs the external program repeatedly on each file to
845 845 diff, instead of once on two directories. By default, this happens one by
846 846 one, where the next file diff is open in the external program only once
847 847 the previous external program (for the previous file diff) has exited. If
848 848 the external program has a graphical interface, it can open all the file
849 849 diffs at once instead of one by one. See 'hg help -e extdiff' for
850 850 information about how to tell Mercurial that a given program has a
851 851 graphical interface.
852 852
853 853 The --confirm option will prompt the user before each invocation of the
854 854 external program. It is ignored if --per-file isn't specified.
855 855
856 856 (use 'hg help -e extdiff' to show help for the extdiff extension)
857 857
858 858 options ([+] can be repeated):
859 859
860 860 -p --program CMD comparison program to run
861 861 -o --option OPT [+] pass option to comparison program
862 862 --from REV1 revision to diff from
863 863 --to REV2 revision to diff to
864 864 -c --change REV change made by revision
865 865 --per-file compare each file instead of revision snapshots
866 866 --confirm prompt user before each external program invocation
867 867 --patch compare patches for two revisions
868 868 -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
869 869 -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
870 870 -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories
871 871
872 872 (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
873 873
874 874
875 875
876 876
877 877
878 878
879 879
880 880
881 881
882 882
883 883 $ hg help --extension extdiff
884 884 extdiff extension - command to allow external programs to compare revisions
885 885
886 886 The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs to compare
887 887 revisions, or revision with working directory. The external diff programs are
888 888 called with a configurable set of options and two non-option arguments: paths
889 889 to directories containing snapshots of files to compare.
890 890
891 891 If there is more than one file being compared and the "child" revision is the
892 892 working directory, any modifications made in the external diff program will be
893 893 copied back to the working directory from the temporary directory.
894 894
895 895 The extdiff extension also allows you to configure new diff commands, so you
896 896 do not need to type 'hg extdiff -p kdiff3' always.
897 897
898 898 [extdiff]
899 899 # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
900 900 cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5
901 901 ## or the old way:
902 902 #cmd.cdiff = gdiff
903 903 #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5
904 904
905 905 # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice). If
906 906 # the meld executable is not available, the meld tool in [merge-tools]
907 907 # will be used, if available
908 908 meld =
909 909
910 910 # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin
911 911 # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non
912 912 # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
913 913 # your .vimrc
914 914 vimdiff = gvim -f "+next" \
915 915 "+execute 'DirDiff' fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))"
916 916
917 917 Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime:
918 918
919 919 $parent1, $plabel1 - filename, descriptive label of first parent
920 920 $child, $clabel - filename, descriptive label of child revision
921 921 $parent2, $plabel2 - filename, descriptive label of second parent
922 922 $root - repository root
923 923 $parent is an alias for $parent1.
924 924
925 925 The extdiff extension will look in your [diff-tools] and [merge-tools]
926 926 sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff].
927 927
928 928 [extdiff]
929 929 kdiff3 =
930 930
931 931 [diff-tools]
932 932 kdiff3.diffargs=--L1 '$plabel1' --L2 '$clabel' $parent $child
933 933
934 934 If a program has a graphical interface, it might be interesting to tell
935 935 Mercurial about it. It will prevent the program from being mistakenly used in
936 936 a terminal-only environment (such as an SSH terminal session), and will make
937 937 'hg extdiff --per-file' open multiple file diffs at once instead of one by one
938 938 (if you still want to open file diffs one by one, you can use the --confirm
939 939 option).
940 940
941 941 Declaring that a tool has a graphical interface can be done with the "gui"
942 942 flag next to where "diffargs" are specified:
943 943
944 944 [diff-tools]
945 945 kdiff3.diffargs=--L1 '$plabel1' --L2 '$clabel' $parent $child
946 946 kdiff3.gui = true
947 947
948 948 You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal 'hg diff'
949 949 command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed files, so
950 950 running the external diff program will actually be pretty fast (at least
951 951 faster than having to compare the entire tree).
952 952
953 953 list of commands:
954 954
955 955 extdiff use external program to diff repository (or selected files)
956 956
957 957 (use 'hg help -v -e extdiff' to show built-in aliases and global options)
958 958
959 959
960 960
961 961
962 962
963 963
964 964
965 965
966 966
967 967
968 968
969 969
970 970
971 971
972 972
973 973
974 974 $ echo 'extdiff = !' >> $HGRCPATH
975 975
976 976 Test help topic with same name as extension
977 977
978 978 $ cat > multirevs.py <<EOF
979 979 > from mercurial import commands, registrar
980 980 > cmdtable = {}
981 981 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
982 982 > """multirevs extension
983 983 > Big multi-line module docstring."""
984 984 > @command(b'multirevs', [], b'ARG', norepo=True)
985 985 > def multirevs(ui, repo, arg, *args, **opts):
986 986 > """multirevs command"""
987 987 > EOF
988 988 $ echo "multirevs = multirevs.py" >> $HGRCPATH
989 989
990 990 $ hg help multirevs | tail
991 991 used):
992 992
993 993 hg update :@
994 994
995 995 - Show diff between tags 1.3 and 1.5 (this works because the first and the
996 996 last revisions of the revset are used):
997 997
998 998 hg diff -r 1.3::1.5
999 999
1000 1000 use 'hg help -c multirevs' to see help for the multirevs command
1001 1001
1002 1002
1003 1003
1004 1004
1005 1005
1006 1006
1007 1007 $ hg help -c multirevs
1008 1008 hg multirevs ARG
1009 1009
1010 1010 multirevs command
1011 1011
1012 1012 (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
1013 1013
1014 1014
1015 1015
1016 1016 $ hg multirevs
1017 1017 hg multirevs: invalid arguments
1018 1018 hg multirevs ARG
1019 1019
1020 1020 multirevs command
1021 1021
1022 1022 (use 'hg multirevs -h' to show more help)
1023 1023 [10]
1024 1024
1025 1025
1026 1026
1027 1027 $ echo "multirevs = !" >> $HGRCPATH
1028 1028
1029 1029 Issue811: Problem loading extensions twice (by site and by user)
1030 1030
1031 1031 $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
1032 1032 > mq =
1033 1033 > strip =
1034 1034 > hgext.mq =
1035 1035 > hgext/mq =
1036 1036 > EOF
1037 1037
1038 1038 Show extensions:
1039 1039 (note that mq force load strip, also checking it's not loaded twice)
1040 1040
1041 1041 #if no-extraextensions
1042 1042 $ hg debugextensions
1043 1043 mq
1044 1044 strip
1045 1045 #endif
1046 1046
1047 1047 For extensions, which name matches one of its commands, help
1048 1048 message should ask '-v -e' to get list of built-in aliases
1049 1049 along with extension help itself
1050 1050
1051 1051 $ mkdir $TESTTMP/d
1052 1052 $ cat > $TESTTMP/d/dodo.py <<EOF
1053 1053 > """
1054 1054 > This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and
1055 1055 > writes 'Foo foo'
1056 1056 > """
1057 1057 > from mercurial import commands, registrar
1058 1058 > cmdtable = {}
1059 1059 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
1060 1060 > @command(b'dodo', [], b'hg dodo')
1061 1061 > def dodo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
1062 1062 > """Does nothing"""
1063 1063 > ui.write(b"I do nothing. Yay\\n")
1064 1064 > @command(b'foofoo', [], b'hg foofoo')
1065 1065 > def foofoo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
1066 1066 > """Writes 'Foo foo'"""
1067 1067 > ui.write(b"Foo foo\\n")
1068 1068 > EOF
1069 1069 $ dodopath=$TESTTMP/d/dodo.py
1070 1070
1071 1071 $ echo "dodo = $dodopath" >> $HGRCPATH
1072 1072
1073 1073 Make sure that user is asked to enter '-v -e' to get list of built-in aliases
1074 1074 $ hg help -e dodo
1075 1075 dodo extension -
1076 1076
1077 1077 This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and writes 'Foo foo'
1078 1078
1079 1079 list of commands:
1080 1080
1081 1081 dodo Does nothing
1082 1082 foofoo Writes 'Foo foo'
1083 1083
1084 1084 (use 'hg help -v -e dodo' to show built-in aliases and global options)
1085 1085
1086 1086 Make sure that '-v -e' prints list of built-in aliases along with
1087 1087 extension help itself
1088 1088 $ hg help -v -e dodo
1089 1089 dodo extension -
1090 1090
1091 1091 This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and writes 'Foo foo'
1092 1092
1093 1093 list of commands:
1094 1094
1095 1095 dodo Does nothing
1096 1096 foofoo Writes 'Foo foo'
1097 1097
1098 1098 global options ([+] can be repeated):
1099 1099
1100 1100 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
1101 1101 file
1102 1102 --cwd DIR change working directory
1103 1103 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
1104 1104 all prompts
1105 1105 -q --quiet suppress output
1106 1106 -v --verbose enable additional output
1107 1107 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
1108 1108 debug)
1109 1109 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
1110 1110 --debug enable debugging output
1111 1111 --debugger start debugger
1112 1112 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
1113 1113 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
1114 1114 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
1115 1115 --time time how long the command takes
1116 1116 --profile print command execution profile
1117 1117 --version output version information and exit
1118 1118 -h --help display help and exit
1119 1119 --hidden consider hidden changesets
1120 1120 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
1121 1121 (default: auto)
1122 1122
1123 1123 Make sure that single '-v' option shows help and built-ins only for 'dodo' command
1124 1124 $ hg help -v dodo
1125 1125 hg dodo
1126 1126
1127 1127 Does nothing
1128 1128
1129 1129 (use 'hg help -e dodo' to show help for the dodo extension)
1130 1130
1131 1131 options:
1132 1132
1133 1133 --mq operate on patch repository
1134 1134
1135 1135 global options ([+] can be repeated):
1136 1136
1137 1137 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
1138 1138 file
1139 1139 --cwd DIR change working directory
1140 1140 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
1141 1141 all prompts
1142 1142 -q --quiet suppress output
1143 1143 -v --verbose enable additional output
1144 1144 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
1145 1145 debug)
1146 1146 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
1147 1147 --debug enable debugging output
1148 1148 --debugger start debugger
1149 1149 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
1150 1150 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
1151 1151 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
1152 1152 --time time how long the command takes
1153 1153 --profile print command execution profile
1154 1154 --version output version information and exit
1155 1155 -h --help display help and exit
1156 1156 --hidden consider hidden changesets
1157 1157 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
1158 1158 (default: auto)
1159 1159
1160 1160 In case when extension name doesn't match any of its commands,
1161 1161 help message should ask for '-v' to get list of built-in aliases
1162 1162 along with extension help
1163 1163 $ cat > $TESTTMP/d/dudu.py <<EOF
1164 1164 > """
1165 1165 > This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and
1166 1166 > also writes 'Beep beep'
1167 1167 > """
1168 1168 > from mercurial import commands, registrar
1169 1169 > cmdtable = {}
1170 1170 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
1171 1171 > @command(b'something', [], b'hg something')
1172 1172 > def something(ui, *args, **kwargs):
1173 1173 > """Does something"""
1174 1174 > ui.write(b"I do something. Yaaay\\n")
1175 1175 > @command(b'beep', [], b'hg beep')
1176 1176 > def beep(ui, *args, **kwargs):
1177 1177 > """Writes 'Beep beep'"""
1178 1178 > ui.write(b"Beep beep\\n")
1179 1179 > EOF
1180 1180 $ dudupath=$TESTTMP/d/dudu.py
1181 1181
1182 1182 $ echo "dudu = $dudupath" >> $HGRCPATH
1183 1183
1184 1184 $ hg help -e dudu
1185 1185 dudu extension -
1186 1186
1187 1187 This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
1188 1188 beep'
1189 1189
1190 1190 list of commands:
1191 1191
1192 1192 beep Writes 'Beep beep'
1193 1193 something Does something
1194 1194
1195 1195 (use 'hg help -v dudu' to show built-in aliases and global options)
1196 1196
1197 1197 In case when extension name doesn't match any of its commands,
1198 1198 help options '-v' and '-v -e' should be equivalent
1199 1199 $ hg help -v dudu
1200 1200 dudu extension -
1201 1201
1202 1202 This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
1203 1203 beep'
1204 1204
1205 1205 list of commands:
1206 1206
1207 1207 beep Writes 'Beep beep'
1208 1208 something Does something
1209 1209
1210 1210 global options ([+] can be repeated):
1211 1211
1212 1212 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
1213 1213 file
1214 1214 --cwd DIR change working directory
1215 1215 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
1216 1216 all prompts
1217 1217 -q --quiet suppress output
1218 1218 -v --verbose enable additional output
1219 1219 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
1220 1220 debug)
1221 1221 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
1222 1222 --debug enable debugging output
1223 1223 --debugger start debugger
1224 1224 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
1225 1225 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
1226 1226 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
1227 1227 --time time how long the command takes
1228 1228 --profile print command execution profile
1229 1229 --version output version information and exit
1230 1230 -h --help display help and exit
1231 1231 --hidden consider hidden changesets
1232 1232 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
1233 1233 (default: auto)
1234 1234
1235 1235 $ hg help -v -e dudu
1236 1236 dudu extension -
1237 1237
1238 1238 This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
1239 1239 beep'
1240 1240
1241 1241 list of commands:
1242 1242
1243 1243 beep Writes 'Beep beep'
1244 1244 something Does something
1245 1245
1246 1246 global options ([+] can be repeated):
1247 1247
1248 1248 -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
1249 1249 file
1250 1250 --cwd DIR change working directory
1251 1251 -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
1252 1252 all prompts
1253 1253 -q --quiet suppress output
1254 1254 -v --verbose enable additional output
1255 1255 --color TYPE when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
1256 1256 debug)
1257 1257 --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
1258 1258 --debug enable debugging output
1259 1259 --debugger start debugger
1260 1260 --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
1261 1261 --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
1262 1262 --traceback always print a traceback on exception
1263 1263 --time time how long the command takes
1264 1264 --profile print command execution profile
1265 1265 --version output version information and exit
1266 1266 -h --help display help and exit
1267 1267 --hidden consider hidden changesets
1268 1268 --pager TYPE when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
1269 1269 (default: auto)
1270 1270
1271 1271 Disabled extension commands:
1272 1272
1273 1273 $ ORGHGRCPATH=$HGRCPATH
1274 1274 $ HGRCPATH=
1275 1275 $ export HGRCPATH
1276 1276 $ hg help email
1277 1277 'email' is provided by the following extension:
1278 1278
1279 1279 patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
1280 1280
1281 1281 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1282 1282
1283 1283
1284 1284 $ hg qdel
1285 1285 hg: unknown command 'qdel'
1286 1286 'qdelete' is provided by the following extension:
1287 1287
1288 1288 mq manage a stack of patches
1289 1289
1290 1290 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1291 1291 [255]
1292 1292
1293 1293
1294 1294 $ hg churn
1295 1295 hg: unknown command 'churn'
1296 1296 'churn' is provided by the following extension:
1297 1297
1298 1298 churn command to display statistics about repository history
1299 1299
1300 1300 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1301 1301 [255]
1302 1302
1303 1303
1304 1304
1305 1305 Disabled extensions:
1306 1306
1307 1307 $ hg help churn
1308 1308 churn extension - command to display statistics about repository history
1309 1309
1310 1310 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1311 1311
1312 1312 $ hg help patchbomb
1313 1313 patchbomb extension - command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
1314 1314
1315 1315 The series is started off with a "[PATCH 0 of N]" introduction, which
1316 1316 describes the series as a whole.
1317 1317
1318 1318 Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using the first
1319 1319 line of the changeset description as the subject text. The message contains
1320 1320 two or three body parts:
1321 1321
1322 1322 - The changeset description.
1323 1323 - [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
1324 1324 - The patch itself, as generated by 'hg export'.
1325 1325
1326 1326 Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To and
1327 1327 References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded mail and
1328 1328 news readers, and in mail archives.
1329 1329
1330 1330 To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your configuration
1331 1331 file:
1332 1332
1333 1333 [email]
1334 1334 from = My Name <my@email>
1335 1335 to = recipient1, recipient2, ...
1336 1336 cc = cc1, cc2, ...
1337 1337 bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...
1338 1338 reply-to = address1, address2, ...
1339 1339
1340 1340 Use "[patchbomb]" as configuration section name if you need to override global
1341 1341 "[email]" address settings.
1342 1342
1343 1343 Then you can use the 'hg email' command to mail a series of changesets as a
1344 1344 patchbomb.
1345 1345
1346 1346 You can also either configure the method option in the email section to be a
1347 1347 sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so that the
1348 1348 patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs directly from the
1349 1349 commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in hgrc(5) for details.
1350 1350
1351 1351 By default, 'hg email' will prompt for a "To" or "CC" header if you do not
1352 1352 supply one via configuration or the command line. You can override this to
1353 1353 never prompt by configuring an empty value:
1354 1354
1355 1355 [email]
1356 1356 cc =
1357 1357
1358 1358 You can control the default inclusion of an introduction message with the
1359 1359 "patchbomb.intro" configuration option. The configuration is always
1360 1360 overwritten by command line flags like --intro and --desc:
1361 1361
1362 1362 [patchbomb]
1363 1363 intro=auto # include introduction message if more than 1 patch (default)
1364 1364 intro=never # never include an introduction message
1365 1365 intro=always # always include an introduction message
1366 1366
1367 1367 You can specify a template for flags to be added in subject prefixes. Flags
1368 1368 specified by --flag option are exported as "{flags}" keyword:
1369 1369
1370 1370 [patchbomb]
1371 1371 flagtemplate = "{separate(' ',
1372 1372 ifeq(branch, 'default', '', branch|upper),
1373 1373 flags)}"
1374 1374
1375 1375 You can set patchbomb to always ask for confirmation by setting
1376 1376 "patchbomb.confirm" to true.
1377 1377
1378 1378 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1379 1379
1380 1380
1381 1381 Help can find unimported extensions
1382 1382 -----------------------------------
1383 1383
1384 1384 XXX-PYOXIDIZER since the frozen binary does not have source directory tree,
1385 1385 this make the checking for actual file under `hgext` a bit complicated. In
1386 1386 addition these tests do some strange dance to ensure some other module are the
1387 1387 first in `sys.path` (since the current install path is always in front
1388 1388 otherwise) that are fragile and that does not match reality in the field. So
1389 1389 for now we disable this test untill a deeper rework of that logic is done.
1390 1390
1391 1391 #if no-pyoxidizer
1392 1392
1393 1393 Broken disabled extension and command:
1394 1394
1395 1395 $ mkdir hgext
1396 1396 $ echo > hgext/__init__.py
1397 1397 $ cat > hgext/broken.py <<NO_CHECK_EOF
1398 1398 > "broken extension'
1399 1399 > NO_CHECK_EOF
1400 1400 $ cat > path.py <<EOF
1401 1401 > import os
1402 1402 > import sys
1403 1403 > sys.path.insert(0, os.environ['HGEXTPATH'])
1404 1404 > EOF
1405 1405 $ HGEXTPATH=`pwd`
1406 1406 $ export HGEXTPATH
1407 1407
1408 1408 $ hg --config extensions.path=./path.py help broken
1409 1409 broken extension - (no help text available)
1410 1410
1411 1411 (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
1412 1412
1413 1413
1414 1414 $ cat > hgext/forest.py <<EOF
1415 1415 > cmdtable = None
1416 1416 > @command()
1417 1417 > def f():
1418 1418 > pass
1419 1419 > @command(123)
1420 1420 > def g():
1421 1421 > pass
1422 1422 > EOF
1423 1423 $ hg --config extensions.path=./path.py help foo
1424 1424 abort: no such help topic: foo
1425 1425 (try 'hg help --keyword foo')
1426 1426 [255]
1427 1427
1428 1428 #endif
1429 1429
1430 1430 ---
1431 1431
1432 1432 $ cat > throw.py <<EOF
1433 1433 > from mercurial import commands, registrar, util
1434 1434 > cmdtable = {}
1435 1435 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
1436 1436 > class Bogon(Exception): pass
1437 1437 > # NB: version should be bytes; simulating extension not ported to py3
1438 1438 > __version__ = '1.0.0'
1439 1439 > @command(b'throw', [], b'hg throw', norepo=True)
1440 1440 > def throw(ui, **opts):
1441 1441 > """throws an exception"""
1442 1442 > raise Bogon()
1443 1443 > EOF
1444 1444
1445 1445 Test extension without proper byteification of key attributes doesn't crash when
1446 1446 accessed.
1447 1447
1448 1448 $ hg version -v --config extensions.throw=throw.py | grep '^ '
1449 1449 throw external 1.0.0
1450 1450
1451 1451 No declared supported version, extension complains:
1452 1452 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1453 1453 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "throw" 1.0.0
1454 1454 ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
1455 1455 ** Please disable "throw" and try your action again.
1456 1456 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
1457 1457 ** Python * (glob)
1458 1458 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM * (glob)
1459 1459 ** Extensions loaded: throw 1.0.0
1460 1460
1461 1461 empty declaration of supported version, extension complains (but doesn't choke if
1462 1462 the value is improperly a str instead of bytes):
1463 1463 $ echo "testedwith = ''" >> throw.py
1464 1464 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1465 1465 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "throw" 1.0.0
1466 1466 ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
1467 1467 ** Please disable "throw" and try your action again.
1468 1468 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
1469 1469 ** Python * (glob)
1470 1470 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
1471 1471 ** Extensions loaded: throw 1.0.0
1472 1472
1473 1473 If the extension specifies a buglink, show that (but don't choke if the value is
1474 1474 improperly a str instead of bytes):
1475 1475 $ echo 'buglink = "http://example.com/bts"' >> throw.py
1476 1476 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1477 1477 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1478 1478 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1479 1479 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "throw" 1.0.0
1480 1480 ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
1481 1481 ** Please disable "throw" and try your action again.
1482 1482 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to http://example.com/bts
1483 1483 ** Python * (glob)
1484 1484 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
1485 1485 ** Extensions loaded: throw 1.0.0
1486 1486
1487 1487 If the extensions declare outdated versions, accuse the older extension first:
1488 1488 $ echo "from mercurial import util" >> older.py
1489 1489 $ echo "util.version = lambda:b'2.2'" >> older.py
1490 1490 $ echo "testedwith = b'1.9.3'" >> older.py
1491 1491 $ echo "testedwith = b'2.1.1'" >> throw.py
1492 1492 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1493 1493 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1494 1494 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
1495 1495 > throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1496 1496 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "older" (version N/A)
1497 1497 ** which supports versions 1.9 of Mercurial.
1498 1498 ** Please disable "older" and try your action again.
1499 1499 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
1500 1500 ** Python * (glob)
1501 1501 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 2.2)
1502 1502 ** Extensions loaded: older, throw 1.0.0
1503 1503
1504 1504 One extension only tested with older, one only with newer versions:
1505 1505 $ echo "util.version = lambda:b'2.1'" >> older.py
1506 1506 $ rm -f older.pyc older.pyo
1507 1507 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1508 1508 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
1509 1509 > throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1510 1510 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "older" (version N/A)
1511 1511 ** which supports versions 1.9 of Mercurial.
1512 1512 ** Please disable "older" and try your action again.
1513 1513 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
1514 1514 ** Python * (glob)
1515 1515 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 2.1)
1516 1516 ** Extensions loaded: older, throw 1.0.0
1517 1517
1518 1518 Older extension is tested with current version, the other only with newer:
1519 1519 $ echo "util.version = lambda:b'1.9.3'" >> older.py
1520 1520 $ rm -f older.pyc older.pyo
1521 1521 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1522 1522 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
1523 1523 > throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1524 1524 ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension "throw" 1.0.0
1525 1525 ** which supports versions 2.1 of Mercurial.
1526 1526 ** Please disable "throw" and try your action again.
1527 1527 ** If that fixes the bug please report it to http://example.com/bts
1528 1528 ** Python * (glob)
1529 1529 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 1.9.3)
1530 1530 ** Extensions loaded: older, throw 1.0.0
1531 1531
1532 1532 Ability to point to a different point
1533 1533 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
1534 1534 > --config ui.supportcontact='Your Local Goat Lenders' throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1535 1535 ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
1536 1536 ** Your Local Goat Lenders
1537 1537 ** Python * (glob)
1538 1538 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
1539 1539 ** Extensions loaded: older, throw 1.0.0
1540 1540
1541 1541 Declare the version as supporting this hg version, show regular bts link:
1542 1542 $ hgver=`hg debuginstall -T '{hgver}'`
1543 1543 $ echo 'testedwith = """'"$hgver"'"""' >> throw.py
1544 1544 $ if [ -z "$hgver" ]; then
1545 1545 > echo "unable to fetch a mercurial version. Make sure __version__ is correct";
1546 1546 > fi
1547 1547 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1548 1548 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1549 1549 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1550 1550 ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
1551 1551 ** https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/BugTracker
1552 1552 ** Python * (glob)
1553 1553 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
1554 1554 ** Extensions loaded: throw 1.0.0
1555 1555
1556 1556 Patch version is ignored during compatibility check
1557 1557 $ echo "testedwith = b'3.2'" >> throw.py
1558 1558 $ echo "util.version = lambda:b'3.2.2'" >> throw.py
1559 1559 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1560 1560 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1561 1561 $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
1562 1562 ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
1563 1563 ** https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/BugTracker
1564 1564 ** Python * (glob)
1565 1565 ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
1566 1566 ** Extensions loaded: throw 1.0.0
1567 1567
1568 1568 Test version number support in 'hg version':
1569 1569 $ echo '__version__ = (1, 2, 3)' >> throw.py
1570 1570 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1571 1571 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1572 1572 $ hg version -v
1573 1573 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
1574 1574 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
1575 1575
1576 1576 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
1577 1577 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
1578 1578 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
1579 1579
1580 1580 Enabled extensions:
1581 1581
1582 1582
1583 1583 $ hg version -v --config extensions.throw=throw.py
1584 1584 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
1585 1585 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
1586 1586
1587 1587 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
1588 1588 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
1589 1589 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
1590 1590
1591 1591 Enabled extensions:
1592 1592
1593 1593 throw external 1.2.3
1594 1594 $ echo 'getversion = lambda: b"1.twentythree"' >> throw.py
1595 1595 $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
1596 1596 $ rm -Rf __pycache__
1597 1597 $ hg version -v --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.strip=
1598 1598 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
1599 1599 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
1600 1600
1601 1601 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
1602 1602 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
1603 1603 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
1604 1604
1605 1605 Enabled extensions:
1606 1606
1607 1607 strip internal
1608 1608 throw external 1.twentythree
1609 1609
1610 1610 $ hg version -q --config extensions.throw=throw.py
1611 1611 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
1612 1612
1613 1613 Test template output:
1614 1614
1615 1615 $ hg version --config extensions.strip= -T'{extensions}'
1616 1616 strip
1617 1617
1618 1618 Test JSON output of version:
1619 1619
1620 1620 $ hg version -Tjson
1621 1621 [
1622 1622 {
1623 1623 "extensions": [],
1624 1624 "ver": "*" (glob)
1625 1625 }
1626 1626 ]
1627 1627
1628 1628 $ hg version --config extensions.throw=throw.py -Tjson
1629 1629 [
1630 1630 {
1631 1631 "extensions": [{"bundled": false, "name": "throw", "ver": "1.twentythree"}],
1632 1632 "ver": "3.2.2"
1633 1633 }
1634 1634 ]
1635 1635
1636 1636 $ hg version --config extensions.strip= -Tjson
1637 1637 [
1638 1638 {
1639 1639 "extensions": [{"bundled": true, "name": "strip", "ver": null}],
1640 1640 "ver": "*" (glob)
1641 1641 }
1642 1642 ]
1643 1643
1644 1644 Test template output of version:
1645 1645
1646 1646 $ hg version --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.strip= \
1647 1647 > -T'{extensions % "{name} {pad(ver, 16)} ({if(bundled, "internal", "external")})\n"}'
1648 1648 strip (internal)
1649 1649 throw 1.twentythree (external)
1650 1650
1651 1651 Refuse to load extensions with minimum version requirements
1652 1652
1653 1653 $ cat > minversion1.py << EOF
1654 1654 > from mercurial import util
1655 1655 > util.version = lambda: b'3.5.2'
1656 1656 > minimumhgversion = b'3.6'
1657 1657 > EOF
1658 1658 $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion1.py version
1659 1659 (third party extension minversion requires version 3.6 or newer of Mercurial (current: 3.5.2); disabling)
1660 1660 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 3.5.2)
1661 1661 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
1662 1662
1663 1663 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
1664 1664 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
1665 1665 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
1666 1666
1667 1667 $ cat > minversion2.py << EOF
1668 1668 > from mercurial import util
1669 1669 > util.version = lambda: b'3.6'
1670 1670 > minimumhgversion = b'3.7'
1671 1671 > EOF
1672 1672 $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion2.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
1673 1673 (third party extension minversion requires version 3.7 or newer of Mercurial (current: 3.6); disabling)
1674 1674
1675 1675 Can load version that is only off by point release
1676 1676
1677 1677 $ cat > minversion2.py << EOF
1678 1678 > from mercurial import util
1679 1679 > util.version = lambda: b'3.6.1'
1680 1680 > minimumhgversion = b'3.6'
1681 1681 > EOF
1682 1682 $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion3.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
1683 1683 [1]
1684 1684
1685 1685 Can load minimum version identical to current
1686 1686
1687 1687 $ cat > minversion3.py << EOF
1688 1688 > from mercurial import util
1689 1689 > util.version = lambda: b'3.5'
1690 1690 > minimumhgversion = b'3.5'
1691 1691 > EOF
1692 1692 $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion3.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
1693 1693 [1]
1694 1694
1695 1695 Don't explode on py3 with a bad version number (both str vs bytes, and not enough
1696 1696 parts)
1697 1697
1698 1698 $ cat > minversion4.py << EOF
1699 1699 > from mercurial import util
1700 1700 > util.version = lambda: b'3.5'
1701 1701 > minimumhgversion = '3'
1702 1702 > EOF
1703 1703 $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion4.py version -v
1704 1704 Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 3.5)
1705 1705 (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
1706 1706
1707 1707 Copyright (C) 2005-* Olivia Mackall and others (glob)
1708 1708 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
1709 1709 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
1710 1710
1711 1711 Enabled extensions:
1712 1712
1713 1713 minversion external
1714 1714
1715 1715 Restore HGRCPATH
1716 1716
1717 1717 $ HGRCPATH=$ORGHGRCPATH
1718 1718 $ export HGRCPATH
1719 1719
1720 1720 Commands handling multiple repositories at a time should invoke only
1721 1721 "reposetup()" of extensions enabling in the target repository.
1722 1722
1723 1723 $ mkdir reposetup-test
1724 1724 $ cd reposetup-test
1725 1725
1726 1726 $ cat > $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py <<EOF
1727 1727 > from mercurial import extensions
1728 1728 > def reposetup(ui, repo):
1729 1729 > ui.write(b'reposetup() for %s\n' % (repo.root))
1730 1730 > ui.flush()
1731 1731 > EOF
1732 1732 $ hg init src
1733 1733 $ echo a > src/a
1734 1734 $ hg -R src commit -Am '#0 at src/a'
1735 1735 adding a
1736 1736 $ echo '[extensions]' >> src/.hg/hgrc
1737 1737 $ echo '# enable extension locally' >> src/.hg/hgrc
1738 1738 $ echo "reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py" >> src/.hg/hgrc
1739 1739 $ hg -R src status
1740 1740 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1741 1741 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (chg !)
1742 1742
1743 1743 #if no-extraextensions
1744 1744 $ hg --cwd src debugextensions
1745 1745 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1746 1746 dodo (untested!)
1747 1747 dudu (untested!)
1748 1748 mq
1749 1749 reposetuptest (untested!)
1750 1750 strip
1751 1751 #endif
1752 1752
1753 1753 $ hg clone -U src clone-dst1
1754 1754 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1755 1755 $ hg init push-dst1
1756 1756 $ hg -q -R src push push-dst1
1757 1757 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1758 1758 $ hg init pull-src1
1759 1759 $ hg -q -R pull-src1 pull src
1760 1760 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1761 1761
1762 1762 $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
1763 1763 > [extensions]
1764 1764 > # disable extension globally and explicitly
1765 1765 > reposetuptest = !
1766 1766 > EOF
1767 1767 $ hg clone -U src clone-dst2
1768 1768 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1769 1769 $ hg init push-dst2
1770 1770 $ hg -q -R src push push-dst2
1771 1771 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1772 1772 $ hg init pull-src2
1773 1773 $ hg -q -R pull-src2 pull src
1774 1774 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1775 1775
1776 1776 $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
1777 1777 > [extensions]
1778 1778 > # enable extension globally
1779 1779 > reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py
1780 1780 > EOF
1781 1781 $ hg clone -U src clone-dst3
1782 1782 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1783 1783 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/clone-dst3
1784 1784 $ hg init push-dst3
1785 1785 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst3
1786 1786 $ hg -q -R src push push-dst3
1787 1787 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1788 1788 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst3
1789 1789 $ hg init pull-src3
1790 1790 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src3
1791 1791 $ hg -q -R pull-src3 pull src
1792 1792 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src3
1793 1793 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src
1794 1794
1795 1795 $ echo '[extensions]' >> src/.hg/hgrc
1796 1796 $ echo '# disable extension locally' >> src/.hg/hgrc
1797 1797 $ echo 'reposetuptest = !' >> src/.hg/hgrc
1798 1798 $ hg clone -U src clone-dst4
1799 1799 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/clone-dst4
1800 1800 $ hg init push-dst4
1801 1801 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst4
1802 1802 $ hg -q -R src push push-dst4
1803 1803 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst4
1804 1804 $ hg init pull-src4
1805 1805 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src4
1806 1806 $ hg -q -R pull-src4 pull src
1807 1807 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src4
1808 1808
1809 1809 disabling in command line overlays with all configuration
1810 1810 $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! clone -U src clone-dst5
1811 1811 $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! init push-dst5
1812 1812 $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! -q -R src push push-dst5
1813 1813 $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! init pull-src5
1814 1814 $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! -q -R pull-src5 pull src
1815 1815
1816 1816 $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
1817 1817 > [extensions]
1818 1818 > # disable extension globally and explicitly
1819 1819 > reposetuptest = !
1820 1820 > EOF
1821 1821 $ hg init parent
1822 1822 $ hg init parent/sub1
1823 1823 $ echo 1 > parent/sub1/1
1824 1824 $ hg -R parent/sub1 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub1'
1825 1825 adding 1
1826 1826 $ hg init parent/sub2
1827 1827 $ hg init parent/sub2/sub21
1828 1828 $ echo 21 > parent/sub2/sub21/21
1829 1829 $ hg -R parent/sub2/sub21 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub2/sub21'
1830 1830 adding 21
1831 1831 $ cat > parent/sub2/.hgsub <<EOF
1832 1832 > sub21 = sub21
1833 1833 > EOF
1834 1834 $ hg -R parent/sub2 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub2'
1835 1835 adding .hgsub
1836 1836 $ hg init parent/sub3
1837 1837 $ echo 3 > parent/sub3/3
1838 1838 $ hg -R parent/sub3 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub3'
1839 1839 adding 3
1840 1840 $ cat > parent/.hgsub <<EOF
1841 1841 > sub1 = sub1
1842 1842 > sub2 = sub2
1843 1843 > sub3 = sub3
1844 1844 > EOF
1845 1845 $ hg -R parent commit -Am '#0 at parent'
1846 1846 adding .hgsub
1847 1847 $ echo '[extensions]' >> parent/.hg/hgrc
1848 1848 $ echo '# enable extension locally' >> parent/.hg/hgrc
1849 1849 $ echo "reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py" >> parent/.hg/hgrc
1850 1850 $ cp parent/.hg/hgrc parent/sub2/.hg/hgrc
1851 1851 $ hg -R parent status -S -A
1852 1852 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/parent
1853 1853 reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/parent/sub2
1854 1854 C .hgsub
1855 1855 C .hgsubstate
1856 1856 C sub1/1
1857 1857 C sub2/.hgsub
1858 1858 C sub2/.hgsubstate
1859 1859 C sub2/sub21/21
1860 1860 C sub3/3
1861 1861
1862 1862 $ cd ..
1863 1863
1864 1864 Prohibit registration of commands that don't use @command (issue5137)
1865 1865
1866 1866 $ hg init deprecated
1867 1867 $ cd deprecated
1868 1868
1869 1869 $ cat <<EOF > deprecatedcmd.py
1870 1870 > def deprecatedcmd(repo, ui):
1871 1871 > pass
1872 1872 > cmdtable = {
1873 1873 > b'deprecatedcmd': (deprecatedcmd, [], b''),
1874 1874 > }
1875 1875 > EOF
1876 1876 $ cat <<EOF > .hg/hgrc
1877 1877 > [extensions]
1878 1878 > deprecatedcmd = `pwd`/deprecatedcmd.py
1879 1879 > mq = !
1880 1880 > hgext.mq = !
1881 1881 > hgext/mq = !
1882 1882 > EOF
1883 1883
1884 1884 $ hg deprecatedcmd > /dev/null
1885 1885 *** failed to import extension "deprecatedcmd" from $TESTTMP/deprecated/deprecatedcmd.py: missing attributes: norepo, optionalrepo, inferrepo
1886 1886 *** (use @command decorator to register 'deprecatedcmd')
1887 1887 hg: unknown command 'deprecatedcmd'
1888 1888 (use 'hg help' for a list of commands)
1889 1889 [10]
1890 1890
1891 1891 the extension shouldn't be loaded at all so the mq works:
1892 1892
1893 1893 $ hg qseries --config extensions.mq= > /dev/null
1894 1894 *** failed to import extension "deprecatedcmd" from $TESTTMP/deprecated/deprecatedcmd.py: missing attributes: norepo, optionalrepo, inferrepo
1895 1895 *** (use @command decorator to register 'deprecatedcmd')
1896 1896
1897 1897 $ cd ..
1898 1898
1899 1899 Test synopsis and docstring extending
1900 1900
1901 1901 $ hg init exthelp
1902 1902 $ cat > exthelp.py <<EOF
1903 1903 > from mercurial import commands, extensions
1904 1904 > def exbookmarks(orig, *args, **opts):
1905 1905 > return orig(*args, **opts)
1906 1906 > def uisetup(ui):
1907 1907 > synopsis = b' GREPME [--foo] [-x]'
1908 1908 > docstring = '''
1909 1909 > GREPME make sure that this is in the help!
1910 1910 > '''
1911 1911 > extensions.wrapcommand(commands.table, b'bookmarks', exbookmarks,
1912 1912 > synopsis, docstring)
1913 1913 > EOF
1914 1914 $ abspath=`pwd`/exthelp.py
1915 1915 $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
1916 1916 $ echo "exthelp = $abspath" >> $HGRCPATH
1917 1917 $ cd exthelp
1918 1918 $ hg help bookmarks | grep GREPME
1919 1919 hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]... GREPME [--foo] [-x]
1920 1920 GREPME make sure that this is in the help!
1921 1921 $ cd ..
1922 1922
1923 1923 Prohibit the use of unicode strings as the default value of options
1924 1924
1925 1925 $ hg init $TESTTMP/opt-unicode-default
1926 1926
1927 1927 $ cat > $TESTTMP/test_unicode_default_value.py << EOF
1928 1928 > from __future__ import print_function
1929 1929 > from mercurial import registrar
1930 1930 > cmdtable = {}
1931 1931 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
1932 1932 > @command(b'dummy', [(b'', b'opt', u'value', u'help')], 'ext [OPTIONS]')
1933 1933 > def ext(*args, **opts):
1934 1934 > print(opts[b'opt'], flush=True)
1935 1935 > EOF
1936 1936 $ "$PYTHON" $TESTTMP/unflush.py $TESTTMP/test_unicode_default_value.py
1937 1937 $ cat > $TESTTMP/opt-unicode-default/.hg/hgrc << EOF
1938 1938 > [extensions]
1939 1939 > test_unicode_default_value = $TESTTMP/test_unicode_default_value.py
1940 1940 > EOF
1941 1941 $ hg -R $TESTTMP/opt-unicode-default dummy
1942 1942 *** failed to import extension "test_unicode_default_value" from $TESTTMP/test_unicode_default_value.py: unicode 'value' found in cmdtable.dummy
1943 1943 *** (use b'' to make it byte string)
1944 1944 hg: unknown command 'dummy'
1945 1945 (did you mean summary?)
1946 1946 [10]
1947
1948 Check the mandatory extension feature
1949 -------------------------------------
1950
1951 $ hg init mandatory-extensions
1952 $ cat > $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/good.py << EOF
1953 > pass
1954 > EOF
1955 $ cat > $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/bad.py << EOF
1956 > raise RuntimeError("babar")
1957 > EOF
1958 $ cat > $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/syntax.py << EOF
1959 > def (
1960 > EOF
1961
1962 Check that the good one load :
1963
1964 $ cat > $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
1965 > [extensions]
1966 > good = $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/good.py
1967 > EOF
1968
1969 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
1970 000000000000 tip
1971
1972 Make it mandatory to load
1973
1974 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
1975 > good:required = yes
1976 > EOF
1977
1978 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
1979 000000000000 tip
1980
1981 Check that the bad one does not load
1982
1983 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
1984 > bad = $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/bad.py
1985 > EOF
1986
1987 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
1988 *** failed to import extension "bad" from $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/bad.py: babar
1989 000000000000 tip
1990
1991 Make it mandatory to load
1992
1993 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
1994 > bad:required = yes
1995 > EOF
1996
1997 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
1998 abort: failed to import extension "bad" from $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/bad.py: babar
1999 (loading of this extension was required, see `hg help config.extensions` for details)
2000 [255]
2001
2002 Make it not mandatory to load
2003
2004 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
2005 > bad:required = no
2006 > EOF
2007
2008 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
2009 *** failed to import extension "bad" from $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/bad.py: babar
2010 000000000000 tip
2011
2012 Same check with the syntax error one
2013
2014 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
2015 > bad = !
2016 > syntax = $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/syntax.py
2017 > syntax:required = yes
2018 > EOF
2019
2020 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
2021 abort: failed to import extension "syntax" from $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/syntax.py: invalid syntax (*syntax.py, line 1) (glob)
2022 (loading of this extension was required, see `hg help config.extensions` for details)
2023 [255]
2024
2025 Same check with a missing one
2026
2027 $ cat >> $TESTTMP/mandatory-extensions/.hg/hgrc << EOF
2028 > syntax = !
2029 > syntax:required =
2030 > missing = foo/bar/baz/I/do/not/exist/
2031 > missing:required = yes
2032 > EOF
2033
2034 $ hg -R mandatory-extensions id
2035 abort: failed to import extension "missing" from foo/bar/baz/I/do/not/exist/: [Errno 2] $ENOENT$: 'foo/bar/baz/I/do/not/exist'
2036 (loading of this extension was required, see `hg help config.extensions` for details)
2037 [255]
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now